Use accessor function READ_ONCE to read from coherent memory modified
by the device and read by the driver. This becomes most important in
preemptive kernels where cond_resched implementation does not have the
side effect which guaranteed the updated value.
Fixes: 269d26f47f ("net/mlx5: Reduce command polling interval")
Change-Id: Ie6deeb565ffaf76777b07448c7fbcce3510bbb8a
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Fix the following compile warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/microchip/lan743x_main.c:2964:12: warning: lan743x_pm_suspend defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
static int lan743x_pm_suspend(struct device *dev)
drivers/net/ethernet/microchip/lan743x_main.c:2987:12: warning: lan743x_pm_resume defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
static int lan743x_pm_resume(struct device *dev)
Signed-off-by: zhong jiang <zhongjiang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1. Add functions for get_fecparam and set_fecparam.
2. Modify lio_get_link_ksettings to display FEC setting.
Signed-off-by: Weilin Chang <weilin.chang@cavium.com>
Acked-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_node_put has taken the null pointer check into account. So it is
safe to remove the duplicated check before of_node_put.
Signed-off-by: zhong jiang <zhongjiang@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Zapolskiy <vz@mleia.com>
Acked-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes skb_shared area, which will be corrupted
upon reception of 4K jumbo packets.
Originally build_skb usage purpose was to reuse page for skb to eliminate
needs of extra fragments. But that logic does not take into account that
skb_shared_info should be reserved at the end of skb data area.
In case packet data consumes all the page (4K), skb_shinfo location
overflows the page. As a consequence, __build_skb zeroed shinfo data above
the allocated page, corrupting next page.
The issue is rarely seen in real life because jumbo are normally larger
than 4K and that causes another code path to trigger.
But it 100% reproducible with simple scapy packet, like:
sendp(IP(dst="192.168.100.3") / TCP(dport=443) \
/ Raw(RandString(size=(4096-40))), iface="enp1s0")
Fixes: 018423e90b ("net: ethernet: aquantia: Add ring support code")
Reported-by: Friedemann Gerold <f.gerold@b-c-s.de>
Reported-by: Michael Rauch <michael@rauch.be>
Signed-off-by: Friedemann Gerold <f.gerold@b-c-s.de>
Tested-by: Nikita Danilov <nikita.danilov@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <igor.russkikh@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The switch and the MAC are in one IP core and they use the same clock
signal from the clock generation unit.
Currently the clock architecture in the lantiq SoC code does not allow
to easily share the same clocks, this has to be fixed by switching to
the common clock framework.
As a workaround the clock of the switch and MAC should be activated when
the MAC gets probed and only disabled when the MAC gets removed. This
way it is ensured that the clock is always enabled when the switch or
MAC is used. The switch can not be used without the MAC.
This fixes a data bus error when rebooting the system and deactivating
the switch and mac and later accessing some registers in the cleanup
while the clocks are disabled.
Fixes: fe1a56420c ("net: lantiq: Add Lantiq / Intel VRX200 Ethernet driver")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following sparse warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf_gmac.c:322:5: warning:
symbol 'hns_gmac_wait_fifo_clean' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case of error, the function devm_ioremap_resource() returns ERR_PTR()
and never returns NULL. The NULL test in the return value check should
be replaced with IS_ERR().
Fixes: fe1a56420c ("net: lantiq: Add Lantiq / Intel VRX200 Ethernet driver")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The recent commit to always forward the VF MAC address to the PF for
approval may not work if the PF driver or the firmware is older. This
will cause the VF driver to fail during probe:
bnxt_en 0000:00:03.0 (unnamed net_device) (uninitialized): hwrm req_type 0xf seq id 0x5 error 0xffff
bnxt_en 0000:00:03.0 (unnamed net_device) (uninitialized): VF MAC address 00:00:17:02:05:d0 not approved by the PF
bnxt_en 0000:00:03.0: Unable to initialize mac address.
bnxt_en: probe of 0000:00:03.0 failed with error -99
We fix it by treating the error as fatal only if the VF MAC address is
locally generated by the VF.
Fixes: 707e7e9660 ("bnxt_en: Always forward VF MAC address to the PF.")
Reported-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Reported-by: Siwei Liu <loseweigh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The operation ~(p100_inb(VG_LAN_CFG_1) & HP100_LINK_UP) returns a value
that is always non-zero and hence the wait for the link to drop always
terminates prematurely. Fix this by using a logical not operator instead
of a bitwise complement. This issue has been in the driver since
pre-2.6.12-rc2.
Detected by CoverityScan, CID#114157 ("Logical vs. bitwise operator")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create a new configuration for the sama5d3-macb new compatibility string.
This configuration disables scatter-gather because we experienced lock down
of the macb interface of this particular SoC under very high load.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Net drivers using phylink shouldn't mess with the link carrier
themselves and should let phylink manage it. The mvpp2 driver wasn't
following this best practice as the mac_config() function made calls to
change the link carrier state. This led to wrongly reported carrier link
state which then triggered other issues. This patch fixes this
behaviour.
But the PPv2 driver relied on this misbehaviour in two cases: for fixed
links and when not using phylink (ACPI mode). The later was fixed by
adding an explicit call to link_up(), which when the ACPI mode will use
phylink should be removed.
The fixed link case was relying on the mac_config() function to set the
link up, as we found an issue in phylink_start() which assumes the
carrier is off. If not, the link_up() function is never called. To fix
this, a call to netif_carrier_off() is added just before phylink_start()
so that we do not introduce a regression in the driver.
Fixes: 4bb0432628 ("net: mvpp2: phylink support")
Reported-by: Russell King <linux@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch mades TI_DAVINCI_CPDMA select GENERIC_ALLOCATOR.
without that, the following sparc64 build failure happen
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/davinci_cpdma.o: In function `cpdma_check_free_tx_desc':
(.text+0x278): undefined reference to `gen_pool_avail'
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/davinci_cpdma.o: In function `cpdma_chan_submit':
(.text+0x340): undefined reference to `gen_pool_alloc'
(.text+0x5c4): undefined reference to `gen_pool_free'
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/davinci_cpdma.o: In function `__cpdma_chan_free':
davinci_cpdma.c:(.text+0x64c): undefined reference to `gen_pool_free'
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/davinci_cpdma.o: In function `cpdma_desc_pool_destroy.isra.6':
davinci_cpdma.c:(.text+0x17ac): undefined reference to `gen_pool_size'
davinci_cpdma.c:(.text+0x17b8): undefined reference to `gen_pool_avail'
davinci_cpdma.c:(.text+0x1824): undefined reference to `gen_pool_size'
davinci_cpdma.c:(.text+0x1830): undefined reference to `gen_pool_avail'
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/davinci_cpdma.o: In function `cpdma_ctlr_create':
(.text+0x19f8): undefined reference to `devm_gen_pool_create'
(.text+0x1a90): undefined reference to `gen_pool_add_virt'
Makefile:1011: recipe for target 'vmlinux' failed
Signed-off-by: Corentin Labbe <clabbe@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Synopsys DWC Ethernet MAC can be configured to have 1..32, 64, or
128 unicast filter entries. (Table 7-8 MAC Address Registers from
databook) Fix dwmac1000_validate_ucast_entries() to accept values
between 1 and 32 in addition.
Signed-off-by: Jongsung Kim <neidhard.kim@lge.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- In CXGB4_DCB_STATE_FW_INCOMPLETE state check if the dcb
version is changed and update the dcb supported version.
- Also, fill the priority code point value for priority
based flow control.
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
print per rx-queue packet errors in sge_qinfo
Signed-off-by: Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do not put host-endian 0 or 1 into big endian feild.
Reported-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the quest to remove all stack VLA usage from the kernel[1], this
removes the VLA used for the emac xaht registers size. Since the size
of registers can only ever be 4 or 8, as detected in emac_init_config(),
the max can be hardcoded and a runtime test added for robustness.
[1] https://lkml.kernel.org/r/CA+55aFzCG-zNmZwX4A2FQpadafLfEzK6CC=qPXydAacU1RqZWA@mail.gmail.com
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Cc: Ivan Mikhaylov <ivan@de.ibm.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Co-developed-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace "fallthru" with a proper "fall through" annotation.
This fix is part of the ongoing efforts to enabling
-Wimplicit-fallthrough
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This drives the PMAC between the GSWIP Switch and the CPU in the VRX200
SoC. This is currently only the very basic version of the Ethernet
driver.
When the DMA channel is activated we receive some packets which were
send to the SoC while it was still in U-Boot, these packets have the
wrong header. Resetting the IP cores did not work so we read out the
extra packets at the beginning and discard them.
This also adapts the clock code in sysctrl.c to use the default name of
the device node so that the driver gets the correct clock. sysctrl.c
should be replaced with a proper common clock driver later.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a DMA channel is opened the IRQ should not get activated
automatically, this allows it to pull data out manually without the help
of interrupts. This is needed for a workaround in the vrx200 Ethernet
driver.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Acked-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@mips.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DIV_ROUND_UP has implemented the code-opened function. Therefore, just
replace the implementation with DIV_ROUND_UP.
Signed-off-by: zhong jiang <zhongjiang@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qlcnic/qlcnic_sriov_common.c: In function 'qlcnic_sriov_pull_bc_msg':
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qlcnic/qlcnic_sriov_common.c:907:6: warning:
variable 'fw_mbx' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qlcnic/qlcnic_sriov_common.c: In function 'qlcnic_sriov_issue_bc_post':
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qlcnic/qlcnic_sriov_common.c:939:16: warning:
variable 'hdr_size' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Signed-off-by: Yue Haibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rather than have MAC drivers open code the test, add a helper in
phylib. This will help when we change the type of phydev->supported.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ethtool can be used to enable/disable pause. Add a helper to configure
the PHY when Pause is supported.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ethtool can be used to enable/disable pause. Add a helper to configure
the PHY when asym pause is supported.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rather than have the MAC drivers manipulate phydev members, add a
helper function for MACs supporting Pause, but not Asym Pause.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rather than have the MAC drivers manipulate phydev members to indicate
they support Asym Pause, add a helper function.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some MAC hardware cannot support a subset of link modes. e.g. often
1Gbps Full duplex is supported, but Half duplex is not. Add a helper
to remove such a link mode.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PHY drivers don't indicate they support pause. They expect MAC drivers
to enable its support if the MAC has the needed hardware. Thus MAC
drivers should not mask Pause support, but enable it.
Change a few ANDs to ORs.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The phy supported speed is being used to determine if the MAC should
be configured to 100 or 1G. The masking logic is broken. Instead, look
at 1G supported speeds to enable 1G MAC support.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Many Ethernet MAC drivers want to limit the PHY to only advertise a
maximum speed of 100Mbs or 1Gbps. Rather than using a mask, make use
of the helper function phy_set_max_speed().
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Report in standard netdev stats drops and errors as well as
RX multicast from the FW vNIC counters.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes a bug where ipv6 tunnels would report that it is
getting offloaded to hardware but would actually be rejected
by hardware.
Fixes: b27d6a95a7 ("nfp: compile flower vxlan tunnel set actions")
Signed-off-by: Louis Peens <louis.peens@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously we only checked if the vlan id field is present when trying
to match a vlan tag. The vlan id and vlan pcp field should be treated
independently.
Fixes: 5571e8c9f2 ("nfp: extend flower matching capabilities")
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After system suspend, sometimes the r8169 doesn't work when ethernet
cable gets pluggued.
This issue happens because rtl_reset_work() doesn't get called from
rtl8169_runtime_resume(), after system suspend.
In rtl_task(), RTL_FLAG_TASK_* only gets cleared if this condition is
met:
if (!netif_running(dev) ||
!test_bit(RTL_FLAG_TASK_ENABLED, tp->wk.flags))
...
If RTL_FLAG_TASK_ENABLED was cleared during system suspend while
RTL_FLAG_TASK_RESET_PENDING was set, the next rtl_schedule_task() won't
schedule task as the flag is still there.
So in addition to clearing RTL_FLAG_TASK_ENABLED, also clears other
flags.
Cc: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kai-Heng Feng <kai.heng.feng@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Removed extra characters from the names of structures to unify prefixes
used through the driver code (we normally use hw_atl for hw specifics).
HW_ATL_B0_ and HW_ATL_A0_ are the same and useless copies.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Danilov <nikita.danilov@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <igor.russkikh@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Removed extra spaces, corrected alignment.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Danilov <nikita.danilov@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <igor.russkikh@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Support of Energy-Efficient Ethernet to aQuantia NIC's via ethtool
(according to the IEEE 802.3az specifications)
Signed-off-by: Yana Esina <yana.esina@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: Nikita Danilov <nikita.danilov@aquantia.com>
Tested-by: Nikita Danilov <nikita.danilov@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <igor.russkikh@aquantia.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add WOL support. Currently only magic packet
(ethtool -s <ethX> wol g) feature is implemented.
Remove hw_set_power and move that to FW_OPS set_power:
because WOL configuration behaves differently on 1x and 2x
firmwares
Signed-off-by: Yana Esina <yana.esina@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: Nikita Danilov <nikita.danilov@aquantia.com>
Tested-by: Nikita Danilov <nikita.danilov@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <igor.russkikh@aquantia.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added definitions and structures needed to support WOL.
Signed-off-by: Yana Esina <yana.esina@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: Nikita Danilov <nikita.danilov@aquantia.com>
Tested-by: Nikita Danilov <nikita.danilov@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <igor.russkikh@aquantia.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the upload function, which worked incorrectly with
some chips.
Signed-off-by: Yana Esina <yana.esina@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: Nikita Danilov <nikita.danilov@aquantia.com>
Tested-by: Nikita Danilov <nikita.danilov@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <igor.russkikh@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the changes in patch 1 and 2, droq lock is not required.
So removing droq lock.
Signed-off-by: Intiyaz Basha <intiyaz.basha@cavium.com>
Acked-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Removed oom task unconditional rescheduling every 250ms and created per
queue oom work queue for refilling buffers.
The oom task refills only if the available descriptors is fallen to 64.
There will be no packets coming in after hitting this level. So NAPI will
not run until oom task refills the buffers.
Signed-off-by: Intiyaz Basha <intiyaz.basha@cavium.com>
Acked-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Control packets are processed in tasklet when interface is down and in
NAPI when interface is up. So tasklet can be disabled when interface up
and re-enabled when interface is down.
Signed-off-by: Intiyaz Basha <intiyaz.basha@cavium.com>
Acked-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dma_zalloc_coherent() now crashes if no dev pointer is given.
Add a dev pointer to the ltq_dma_channel structure and fill it in the
driver using it.
This fixes a bug introduced in kernel 4.19.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the incorrect WR_HDR field which can cause a misinterpretation
of ABORT CPL by ULDs, such as iw_cxgb4.
Fixes: a3cdaa69e4 ("cxgb4: Adds CPL support for Shared Receive Queues")
Signed-off-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
This patch updates license to use SPDX-License-Identifier
instead of verbose license text.
Signed-off-by: Kuninori Morimoto <kuninori.morimoto.gx@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A recent commit updated vlan_cmd.dropnovlan_fm but failed to remove
the older assignment. Fix this by removing the former redundant
assignment.
Detected by CoverityScan, CID#1473290 ("Unused value")
Fixes: a89cdd8e7c ("cxgb4: impose mandatory VLAN usage when non-zero TAG ID")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added memory barriers where they were missing to support multiple
architectures, and removed redundant ones.
As part of removing the redundant memory barriers and improving
performance, we moved to more relaxed versions of memory barriers,
as well as to the more relaxed version of writel - writel_relaxed,
while maintaining correctness.
Signed-off-by: Netanel Belgazal <netanel@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add READ_ONCE calls where necessary (for example when iterating
over a memory field that gets updated by the hardware).
Signed-off-by: Netanel Belgazal <netanel@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
acquire the rtnl_lock during device destruction to avoid
using partially destroyed device.
ena_remove() shares almost the same logic as ena_destroy_device(),
so use ena_destroy_device() and avoid duplications.
Signed-off-by: Netanel Belgazal <netanel@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ena_destroy_device() can potentially be called twice.
To avoid this, check that the device is running and
only then proceed destroying it.
Signed-off-by: Netanel Belgazal <netanel@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When ena_destroy_device() is called from ena_suspend(), the device is
still reachable from the driver. Therefore, the driver can send a command
to the device to free all resources.
However, in all other cases of calling ena_destroy_device(), the device is
potentially in an error state and unreachable from the driver. In these
cases the driver must not send commands to the device.
The current implementation does not request resource freeing from the
device even when possible. We add the graceful parameter to
ena_destroy_device() to enable resource freeing when possible, and
use it in ena_suspend().
Signed-off-by: Netanel Belgazal <netanel@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The buffer length field in the ena rx descriptor is 16 bit, and the
current driver passes a full page in each ena rx descriptor.
When PAGE_SIZE equals 64kB or more, the buffer length field becomes
zero.
To solve this issue, limit the ena Rx descriptor to use 16kB even
when allocating 64kB kernel pages. This change would not impact ena
device functionality, as 16kB is still larger than maximum MTU.
Signed-off-by: Netanel Belgazal <netanel@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Starting with driver version 1.5.0, in case of a surprise device
unplug, there is a race caused by invoking ena_destroy_device()
from two different places. As a result, the readless register might
be accessed after it was destroyed.
Signed-off-by: Netanel Belgazal <netanel@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
GMAC >= 4 also supports CBS. Lets enable the TC Ops for these versions.
Signed-off-by: Jose Abreu <joabreu@synopsys.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Joao Pinto <jpinto@synopsys.com>
Cc: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Essentially reverts commit 8fd75c58a0 ("i40e: move ethtool
stats boiler plate code to i40e_ethtool_stats.h", 2018-08-30), and
additionally moves the similar code in i40evf into i40evf_ethtool.c.
The code was intially moved from i40e_ethtool.c into i40e_ethtool_stats.h
as a way of better logically organizing the code. This has two problems.
First, we can't have an inline function with variadic arguments on all
platforms. Second, it gave the appearance that we had plans to share
code between the i40e and i40evf drivers, due to having a near copy of
the contents in the i40evf/i40e_ethtool_stats.h file.
Patches which actually attempt to combine or share code between the i40e
and i40evf drivers have not materialized, and are likely a ways off.
Rather than fixing the one function which causes build issues, just move
this code back into the i40e_ethtool.c and i40evf_ethtool.c files. Note
that we also change these functions back from static inlines to just
statics, since they're no longer in a header file.
We can revisit this if/when work is done to actually attempt to share
code between drivers. Alternatively, this stats code could be made more
generic so that it can be shared across drivers as part of ethtool
kernel work.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a non-zero VLAN Tag ID is passed to t4_set_vlan_acl()
then impose mandatory VLAN Usage with that VLAN ID.
I.e any other VLAN ID should result in packets getting
dropped.
Signed-off-by: Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: 488752220b ("liquidio: Add spoof checking on a VF MAC address")
Signed-off-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As you are already in a tasklet, it is unnecessary to call spin_lock_bh.
Signed-off-by: jun qian <hangdianqj@163.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 3559d81e76 ("r8169: simplify rtl_hw_start_8169") changed order of
two register writes:
1) Caused RxConfig to be written before TX / RX is enabled,
2) Caused TxConfig to be written before TX / RX is enabled.
At least on XIDs 10000000 ("RTL8169sb/8110sb") and
18000000 ("RTL8169sc/8110sc") such writes are ignored by the chip, leaving
values in these registers intact.
Change 1) was reverted by
commit 05212ba813 ("r8169: set RxConfig after tx/rx is enabled for RTL8169sb/8110sb devices"),
however change 2) wasn't.
In practice, this caused TxConfig's "InterFrameGap time" and "Max DMA Burst
Size per Tx DMA Burst" bits to be zero dramatically reducing TX performance
(in my tests it dropped from around 500Mbps to around 50Mbps).
This patch fixes the issue by moving TxConfig register write a bit later in
the code so it happens after TX / RX is already enabled.
Fixes: 05212ba813 ("r8169: set RxConfig after tx/rx is enabled for RTL8169sb/8110sb devices")
Signed-off-by: Maciej S. Szmigiero <mail@maciej.szmigiero.name>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both WARN_ON() and WARN_ONCE() already contain an unlikely(), so it's not
necessary to wrap it into another.
Signed-off-by: Igor Stoppa <igor.stoppa@huawei.com>
Cc: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@nxp.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bnxt/bnxt_tc.c: In function 'bnxt_tc_parse_flow':
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bnxt/bnxt_tc.c:186:6: warning:
variable 'addr_type' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/cn23xx_vf_device.c: In function 'cn23xx_setup_octeon_vf_device':
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/cn23xx_vf_device.c:619:20: warning:
variable 'ring_flag' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1. Provide the API to set/unset the spoof checking feature.
2. Add a function to periodically provide the count of found
packets with spoof VF MAC address.
3. Prevent VF MAC address changing while the spoofchk of the VF is
on unless the changing MAC address is issued from PF.
Signed-off-by: Weilin Chang <weilin.chang@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This series provides updates to mlx5 ethernet driver.
1) Starting with a four patches series to optimize flow counters updates,
From Vlad Buslov:
==============================================
By default mlx5 driver updates cached counters each second. Update function
consumes noticeable amount of CPU resources. The goal of this patch series
is to optimize update function.
Investigation revealed following bottlenecks in fs counters
implementation:
1) Update code(scheduled each second) iterates over all counters twice.
(first for finding and deleting counters that are marked for deletion,
second iteration is for actually updating the counters)
2) Counters are stored in rb tree. Linear iteration over all rb tree
elements(rb_next in profiling data) consumed ~65% of time spent in
update function.
Following optimizations were implemented:
1) Instead of just marking counters for deletion, store them in
standalone list. This removes first iteration over whole counters tree.
2) Store counters in sorted list to optimize traversing them and remove
calls to rb_next.
First implementation of these changes caused degradation of performance,
instead of improving it. Investigation revealed that there first cache
line of struct mlx5_fc is full and adding anything to it causes amount
of cache misses to double. To mitigate that, following refactorings were
implemented:
- Change 'addlist' list type from double linked to single linked. This
allowes to get free space for one additional pointer that is used to
store deletion list(optimization 1)
- Substitute rb tree with idr. Idr is non-intrusive data structure and
doesn't require adding any new members to struct mlx5_fc. Use free
space that became available for double linked sorted list that is used
for traversing all counters. (optimization 2)
Described changes reduced CPU time spent in mlx5_fc_stats_work from 70%
to 44%. (global perf profile mode)
============================================
The rest of the series are misc updates:
2) From Kamal, Move mlx5e_priv_flags into en_ethtool.c, to avoid a
compilation warning.
3) From Roi Dayan, Move Q counters allocation and drop RQ to init_rx profile
function to avoid allocating Q counters when not required.
4) From Shay Agroskin, Replace PTP clock lock from RW lock to seq lock.
Almost double the packet rate when timestamping is active on multiple TX
queues.
5) From: Natali Shechtman, set ECN for received packets using CQE indication.
6) From: Alaa Hleihel, don't set CHECKSUM_COMPLETE on SCTP packets.
CHECKSUM_COMPLETE is not applicable to SCTP protocol.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJbkKzcAAoJEEg/ir3gV/o+4bsIAKu61DsZZhJAXfwZ4JXI9fN7
iZ9wOPbPovTrkfRfqatcCa3CBwxM1zZ6WzbVTGGieMsUnxjp4G+LAs7m8J+cmWB2
GsxhO3lsF5iGTcEB5Q5a/TlWlUP0CiPcdNZZe6FvT2Vzil+mLAb3BZgIPKPgoyJW
CmDhIOslfolBJC0s4fc+zVcWrShmKnUwHmVLhkOXpz8cfYBB1fBVGebRTZiYsvbf
8CV4buiYx0Fuq9MSnOwaMuPrUP1IB6DweNbFpg9gRd0k4mmWnoNu3l+g1Flgmd88
RtU4+5PEtZF2kNhH/LeiHRqkZ5f2cmOsIKbDZoX6xwzfYesws8jlDJpL5dIhxZA=
=nxDw
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5e-updates-2018-09-05' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5e-updates-2018-09-05
This series provides updates to mlx5 ethernet driver.
1) Starting with a four patches series to optimize flow counters updates,
From Vlad Buslov:
==============================================
By default mlx5 driver updates cached counters each second. Update function
consumes noticeable amount of CPU resources. The goal of this patch series
is to optimize update function.
Investigation revealed following bottlenecks in fs counters
implementation:
1) Update code(scheduled each second) iterates over all counters twice.
(first for finding and deleting counters that are marked for deletion,
second iteration is for actually updating the counters)
2) Counters are stored in rb tree. Linear iteration over all rb tree
elements(rb_next in profiling data) consumed ~65% of time spent in
update function.
Following optimizations were implemented:
1) Instead of just marking counters for deletion, store them in
standalone list. This removes first iteration over whole counters tree.
2) Store counters in sorted list to optimize traversing them and remove
calls to rb_next.
First implementation of these changes caused degradation of performance,
instead of improving it. Investigation revealed that there first cache
line of struct mlx5_fc is full and adding anything to it causes amount
of cache misses to double. To mitigate that, following refactorings were
implemented:
- Change 'addlist' list type from double linked to single linked. This
allowes to get free space for one additional pointer that is used to
store deletion list(optimization 1)
- Substitute rb tree with idr. Idr is non-intrusive data structure and
doesn't require adding any new members to struct mlx5_fc. Use free
space that became available for double linked sorted list that is used
for traversing all counters. (optimization 2)
Described changes reduced CPU time spent in mlx5_fc_stats_work from 70%
to 44%. (global perf profile mode)
============================================
The rest of the series are misc updates:
2) From Kamal, Move mlx5e_priv_flags into en_ethtool.c, to avoid a
compilation warning.
3) From Roi Dayan, Move Q counters allocation and drop RQ to init_rx profile
function to avoid allocating Q counters when not required.
4) From Shay Agroskin, Replace PTP clock lock from RW lock to seq lock.
Almost double the packet rate when timestamping is active on multiple TX
queues.
5) From: Natali Shechtman, set ECN for received packets using CQE indication.
6) From: Alaa Hleihel, don't set CHECKSUM_COMPLETE on SCTP packets.
CHECKSUM_COMPLETE is not applicable to SCTP protocol.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a new qed firmware with fixes and support for new features.
Fixes:
- Fix a rare case of device crash with iWARP, iSCSI or FCoE offload.
- Fix GRE tunneled traffic when iWARP offload is enabled.
- Fix RoCE failure in ib_send_bw when using inline data.
- Fix latency optimization flow for inline WQEs.
- BigBear 100G fix
RDMA:
- Reduce task context size.
- Application page sizes above 2GB support.
- Performance improvements.
ETH:
- Tenant DCB support.
- Replace RSS indirection table update interface.
Misc:
- Debug Tools changes.
Signed-off-by: Denis Bolotin <denis.bolotin@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
VXLAN and GRE FW features have to currently be both advertised
for the driver to enable them. Separate the handling.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the accesses to rtsyms now all going via special helpers
we can easily make sure the driver is not reading past the
end of the symbol.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Francois H. Theron <francois.theron@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For ease of debug preface all error messages with the name
of the symbol which caused them. Use the same message format
for existing messages while at it.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Francois H. Theron <francois.theron@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Return the error and report value through the output param.
Fixes: 640917dd81 ("nfp: support access to absolute RTsyms")
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Francois H. Theron <francois.theron@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CHECKSUM_COMPLETE is not applicable to SCTP protocol.
Setting it for SCTP packets leads to CRC32c validation failure.
Fixes: bbceefce9a ("net/mlx5e: Support RX CHECKSUM_COMPLETE")
Signed-off-by: Alaa Hleihel <alaa@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
In multi-host (MH) NIC scheme, a single HW port serves multiple hosts
or sockets on the same host.
The HW uses a mechanism in the PCIe buffer which monitors
the amount of consumed PCIe buffers per host.
On a certain configuration, under congestion,
the HW emulates a switch doing ECN marking on packets using ECN
indication on the completion descriptor (CQE).
The driver needs to set the ECN bits on the packet SKB,
such that the network stack can react on that, this commit does that.
Signed-off-by: Natali Shechtman <natali@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Changed "priv.clock.lock" lock from 'rw_lock' to 'seq_lock'
in order to improve packet rate performance.
Tested on Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU E5-2660 v2 @ 2.20GHz.
Sent 64b packets between two peers connected by ConnectX-5,
and measured packet rate for the receiver in three modes:
no time-stamping (base rate)
time-stamping using rw_lock (old lock) for critical region
time-stamping using seq_lock (new lock) for critical region
Only the receiver time stamped its packets.
The measured packet rate improvements are:
Single flow (multiple TX rings to single RX ring):
without timestamping: 4.26 (M packets)/sec
with rw-lock (old lock): 4.1 (M packets)/sec
with seq-lock (new lock): 4.16 (M packets)/sec
1.46% improvement
Multiple flows (multiple TX rings to six RX rings):
without timestamping: 22 (M packets)/sec
with rw-lock (old lock): 11.7 (M packets)/sec
with seq-lock (new lock): 21.3 (M packets)/sec
82.05% improvement
The packet rate improvement is due to the lack of atomic operations
for the 'readers' by the seq-lock.
Since there are much more 'readers' than 'writers' contention
on this lock, almost all atomic operations are saved.
this results in a dramatic decrease in overall
cache misses.
Signed-off-by: Shay Agroskin <shayag@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Not all profiles query the HW Q counters in update_stats() callback.
HW Q couners are limited per device and in case of representors all
their Q counters are allocated on the parent PF device.
Avoid reundant allocation of HW Q counters by moving the allocation
to init_rx profile callback.
Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Move the definition of mlx5e_priv_flags into en_ethtool.c because it's
only used there.
Fixes: 4e59e28881 ("net/mlx5e: Introduce net device priv flags infrastructure")
Signed-off-by: Kamal Heib <kamalheib1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Previous patch in series changed flow counter storage structure from
rb_tree to linked list in order to improve flow counter traversal
performance. The drawback of such solution is that flow counter lookup by
id becomes linear in complexity.
Store pointers to flow counters in idr in order to improve lookup
performance to logarithmic again. Idr is non-intrusive data structure and
doesn't require extending flow counter struct with new elements. This means
that idr can be used for lookup, while linked list from previous patch is
used for traversal, and struct mlx5_fc size is <= 2 cache lines.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Reviewed-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
In order to improve performance of flow counter stats query loop that
traverses all configured flow counters, replace rb_tree with double-linked
list. This change improves performance of traversing flow counters by
removing the tree traversal. (profiling data showed that call to rb_next
was most top CPU consumer)
However, lookup of flow flow counter in list becomes linear, instead of
logarithmic. This problem is fixed by next patch in series, which adds idr
for fast lookup. Idr is to be used because it is not an intrusive data
structure and doesn't require adding any new members to struct mlx5_fc,
which allows its control data part to stay <= 1 cache line in size.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Reviewed-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
In order to prevent flow counters stats work function from traversing whole
flow counters tree while searching for deleted flow counters, new list to
store deleted flow counters is added to struct mlx5_fc_stats. Lockless
NULL-terminated single linked list data type is used due to following
reasons:
- This use case only needs to add single element to list and
remove/iterate whole list. Lockless list doesn't require any additional
synchronization for these operations.
- First cache line of flow counter data structure only has space to store
single additional pointer, which precludes usage of double linked list.
Remove flow counter 'deleted' flag that is no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Reviewed-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
In order to prevent flow counters stats work function from traversing whole
flow counters tree while searching for deleted flow counters, new list to
store deleted flow counters will be added to struct mlx5_fc_stats. However,
the flow counter structure itself has no space left to store any more data
in first cache line. To free space that is needed to store additional list
node, convert current addlist double linked list (two pointers per node) to
atomic single linked list (one pointer per node).
Lockless NULL-terminated single linked list data type doesn't require any
additional external synchronization for operations used by flow counters
module (add single new element, remove all elements from list and traverse
them). Remove addlist_lock that is no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Reviewed-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
This is a false positive report due to incorrect nested lock
annotations as we lock multiple fgs with the same subclass.
Instead of locking all fgs only lock the one being used as was
done before.
Fixes: bd71b08ec2 ("net/mlx5: Support multiple updates of steering rules in parallel")
Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Copy and paste bug was introduced in the offending patch.
We need to write udp source port value into the headers value and not
headers criteria "mask".
Fixes: 142644f8a1 ("net/mlx5e: Ethtool steering flow parsing refactoring")
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Currently, mlx5_attach_interface does not check for error
after calling intf->attach or intf->add. When these two calls
fails, the client is not initialized and will cause issues such as
kernel panic on invalid address in the teardown path (mlx5_detach_interface)
Fixes: 737a234bb6 ("net/mlx5: Introduce attach/detach to interface API")
Signed-off-by: Huy Nguyen <huyn@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The PCI BDF is not unique. PCI domain must also be considered when
searching for the next physical device during lag setup. Example below:
mlx5_core 0000:01:00.0: MLX5E: StrdRq(1) RqSz(8) StrdSz(128) RxCqeCmprss(0)
mlx5_core 0000:01:00.1: MLX5E: StrdRq(1) RqSz(8) StrdSz(128) RxCqeCmprss(0)
mlx5_core 0001:01:00.0: MLX5E: StrdRq(1) RqSz(8) StrdSz(128) RxCqeCmprss(0)
mlx5_core 0001:01:00.1: MLX5E: StrdRq(1) RqSz(8) StrdSz(128) RxCqeCmprss(0)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Jurgens <danielj@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Aviv Heller <avivh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
If building match list fg fails and we never jumped to
search_again_locked label then the function returned without
unlocking the read lock.
Fixes: bd71b08ec2 ("net/mlx5: Support multiple updates of steering rules in parallel")
Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The memory allocated for the slow path table flow group input structure
was not freed upon successful return, fix that.
Fixes: 1967ce6ea5 ("net/mlx5: E-Switch, Refactor fast path FDB table creation in switchdev mode")
Signed-off-by: Raed Salem <raeds@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Minimal stride size is 16.
Hence, the number of strides in a fragment (of PAGE_SIZE)
is <= PAGE_SIZE / 16 <= 4K.
u16 is sufficient to represent this.
Fixes: d7037ad73d ("net/mlx5: Fix QP fragmented buffer allocation")
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Minimal stride size is 16.
Hence, the number of strides in a fragment (of PAGE_SIZE)
is <= PAGE_SIZE / 16 <= 4K.
u16 is sufficient to represent this.
Fixes: 388ca8be00 ("IB/mlx5: Implement fragmented completion queue (CQ)")
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
When initializing the device (procedure init_one), the driver
calls mlx5_pci_init to perform pci initialization. As part of this
initialization, mlx5_pci_init creates a debugfs directory.
If this creation fails, init_one aborts, returning failure to
the caller (which is the probe method caller).
The main reason for such a failure to occur is if the debugfs
directory already exists. This can happen if the last time
mlx5_pci_close was called, debugfs_remove (silently) failed due
to the debugfs directory not being empty.
Guarantee that such a debugfs_remove failure will not occur by
instead calling debugfs_remove_recursive in procedure mlx5_pci_close.
Fixes: 59211bd3b6 ("net/mlx5: Split the load/unload flow into hardware and software flows")
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Jurgens <danielj@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
When the mlx5 health mechanism detects a problem while the driver
is in the middle of init_one or remove_one, the driver needs to prevent
the health mechanism from scheduling future work; if future work
is scheduled, there is a problem with use-after-free: the system WQ
tries to run the work item (which has been freed) at the scheduled
future time.
Prevent this by disabling work item scheduling in the health mechanism
when the driver is in the middle of init_one() or remove_one().
Fixes: e126ba97db ("mlx5: Add driver for Mellanox Connect-IB adapters")
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Feras Daoud <ferasda@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
With performance optimization the spi transfer and messages of basic
register operations like qcaspi_read_register moved into the private
driver structure. But they weren't protected against mutual access
(e.g. between driver kthread and ethtool). So dumping the QCA7000
registers via ethtool during network traffic could make spi_sync
hang forever, because the completion in spi_message is overwritten.
So revert the optimization completely.
Fixes: 291ab06ecf ("net: qualcomm: new Ethernet over SPI driver for QCA700")
Signed-off-by: Stefan Wahren <stefan.wahren@i2se.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DMA allocated memory is lost in be_cmd_get_profile_config() when we
call it with non-NULL port_res parameter.
Signed-off-by: Petr Oros <poros@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following sparse warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/microchip/lan743x_ptp.c:980:6: warning:
symbol 'lan743x_ptp_set_sync_ts_insert' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following sparse warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/ipoib/ipoib.c:119:6: warning:
symbol 'mlx5i_grp_sw_update_stats' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MC-aware mode was recently enabled by mlxsw on Spectrum switches in
commit 7b81953066 ("mlxsw: spectrum: Configure MC-aware mode on mlxsw
ports"). Unfortunately, testing has shown that the fix is incomplete and
in the presented form actually makes the problem even worse, because any
amount of MC traffic causes UC disruption.
The reason for this is that currently, mlxsw configures the MC-specific
TCs (8..15) to map to pool 0. It also configures a maximum buffer size
of 0, but for MC traffic that maximum is disregarded and not part of the
quota. Therefore MC traffic is always admitted to the egress buffer.
Fix the configuration by directing the MC TCs into pool 15, which is
dedicated to MC traffic and recognized as such by the silicon.
Fixes: 7b81953066 ("mlxsw: spectrum: Configure MC-aware mode on mlxsw ports")
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will allow for the RDMA side to allocate packet reformat context.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Currently we attach packet reformat actions only to the FDB namespace.
In preparation to be able to use that for NIC steering, pass the actual
namespace as a parameter.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Renames all encap mlx5_{core,ib} code to use the new naming of packet
reformat. This change doesn't introduce any function change and is
needed to properly reflect the operation being done by this action.
For example not only can we encapsulate a packet, but also decapsulate it.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Those bits are hardware specification and should be defined in the
IFC header file.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Today we are able to attach encap and decap actions only to the FDB. In
preparation to enable those actions on the NIC flow tables, break the
single flag into two. Those flags control whatever a decap or encap
operations can be attached to the flow table created. For FDB, if
encapsulation is required, we set both of them.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
There are RX and TX flow steering namespaces with different number of
actions. Initialize them accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Those functions will be used by the RDMA side to create modify header
actions to be attached to flow steering rules via verbs.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Extend the ability to add steering rules to NIC TX flow tables.
For now, we are only adding TX bypass (egress) which is used by the RDMA
side. This will allow to shape outgoing traffic and tweak it if needed, for
example performing encapsulation or rewriting headers.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Refactor the switch logic so it's simpler to follow and understand.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Correct the formula for calculating the RQ page remainder,
which should be in byte granularity. The result will be
non-zero only for RQs smaller than PAGE_SIZE, as an RQ size
is a power of 2.
Divide this by the SQ stride (MLX5_SEND_WQE_BB) to get the
SQ offset in strides granularity.
Fixes: d7037ad73d ("net/mlx5: Fix QP fragmented buffer allocation")
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding the alloc/dealloc memic FW command opcodes to
avoid "unknown command" prints in the command string
converter and internal error status handler.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Levkovich <lariel@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Collect descriptors of all ULD and LLD hardware queues managed
by LLD.
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
in ndo_set_vf_rate() when max_tx_rate is 0 disable tx
rate limiting for that vf.
Signed-off-by: Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the previous implement, the query operation for fibre port and copper
port are mixed. This patch refines it by seperating them based on the port
type.
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the advertised flow control ability has been fetched using
phy_ethtool_ksettings_get() or hclge_get_link_mode() then it is
unnecessary to fetch them again later using hclge_get_flowctrl_adv().
This patch removes it.
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the dst mac addr of loopback packet is the same as
the host' mac addr, the SSU component may loop back the packet
to host before the packet reaches mac or serdes, which will defect
the purpose of mac or serdes selftest.
This patch changes it by adding 0x1f to the last byte of dst mac
addr.
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently only fiber port checks if it is necessay to set the
mac through firmware when link is changed, this patch unify the
checking to allow the copper port do the checking too.
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When netdev is down, the stack will delete the vlan from
hardware including vlan0, which will cause problem when
doing loopback selftest when netdev is down.
This patch fixes it by always preserving vlan 0 in hardware,
because vlan 0 is defalut vlan, which should always be in
hardware.
Fixes: c39c4d98dc ("net: hns3: Add mac loopback selftest support in hns3 driver")
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When ping is runnig and user executes the loopback selftest, the
ping cmd will stop and exit.
This patch fixes it by using the hns3_nic_net_open/stop to offline
the netdev when doing loopback selftest.
Fixes: c39c4d98dc ("net: hns3: Add mac loopback selftest support in hns3 driver")
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tqp and mac need to be enabled when doing loopback selftest,
ae_algo->ops->start/stop is used to do the job, there is a
time window between ae_algo->ops->start/stop and loopback setup,
which will cause selftest failed problem when there is frame
coming in during that time window.
This patch fixes it by enabling the tqp and mac during loopback
setup process.
Fixes: c39c4d98dc ("net: hns3: Add mac loopback selftest support in hns3 driver")
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements shutdown ops in hns3 pci driver, which
unloads the hns3 driver and set the power state to D3hot.
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PF uses hdev->vlan_table to manage the port vlan table. In function
hclge_set_vlan_filter_hw(), it checks whether a vlan id has been used,
by foreach all the vport bits. It should use macro HCLGE_VPORT_NUM,
not VLAN_N_VID as the foreach condition.
Fixes: 6c251711b3 ("net: hns3: Disable vf vlan filter when vf vlan table is full")
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the lower 24 bits of the IPV6 link-local addresses at both
ends are the same, the multicast MAC address for Neigbour Discovery
is the same. The multicast for Neigbour Discovery will fail.
This patch fixes it by including the bonding uplink port in the
multicast group.
Fixes: 46a3df9f9718("net: hns3: Add HNS3 Acceleration Engine & Compatibility Layer Support")
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are only 128 entries in vf vlan table, if user has added
more than 128 vlan, fw will ignore it and disable the vf vlan
table. So when user deletes the vlan entry that has not been
set to vf vlan table, fw will return not found result and driver
treat that as error, which will cause vlan delete failed problem.
This patch fixes it by returning ok when fw returns not found
result.
Fixes: 6c251711b3 ("net: hns3: Disable vf vlan filter when vf vlan table is full")
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the driver adjusts the bp->hw_resc.max_cp_rings by the number
of MSIX vectors used by RDMA. There is one code path in open that needs
to check the true max_cp_rings including any used by RDMA. This code
is now checking for the reduced max_cp_rings which will fail when the
number of cp rings is very small.
To fix this in a clean way, we don't adjust max_cp_rings anymore.
Instead, we add a helper bnxt_get_max_func_cp_rings_for_en() to get the
reduced max_cp_rings when appropriate.
Fixes: ec86f14ea5 ("bnxt_en: Add ULP calls to stop and restart IRQs.")
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove unused bnxt_subtract_ulp_resources(). Change
bnxt_get_max_func_irqs() to static since it is only locally used.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the driver detects that resources have changed during open, it
should reset the rx and tx rings to 0. This will properly setup the
init sequence to initialize the default rings again. We also need
to signal the RDMA driver to stop and clear its interrupts. We then
call the RoCE driver to restart if a new set of default rings is
successfully reserved.
Fixes: 25e1acd6b9 ("bnxt_en: Notify firmware about IF state changes.")
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__emac_calc_base_mr1 was used instead of __emac4_calc_base_mr1
by copy-paste mistake for emac4syn.
Fixes: 45d6e54550 ("net/ibm/emac: add 8192 rx/tx fifo size")
Signed-off-by: Ivan Mikhaylov <ivan@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Pradeep Nalla <pradeep.nalla@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This card identifies itself as:
Ethernet controller [0200]: NCube Device [10ff:8168] (rev 06)
Subsystem: TP-LINK Technologies Co., Ltd. Device [7470:3468]
Adding a new entry to rtl8169_pci_tbl makes the card work.
Link: http://launchpad.net/bugs/1788730
Signed-off-by: Anthony Wong <anthony.wong@ubuntu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the RQs are shared between all pkey interfaces, the stats
should be taken from where the per-ring stats are stored instead
of the parent RQ.
Fixes: 4c6c615e3f ("net/mlx5e: IPoIB, Add PKEY child interface nic profile")
Signed-off-by: Feras Daoud <ferasda@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Expose RX and TX counters by implementing ndo_get_stats64 operation
for child devices.
Signed-off-by: Feras Daoud <ferasda@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Expose RX and TX counters by implementing ndo_get_stats64 operation for
both parent devices.
After this change, all the relevant statistics can be retrieved using
ifconfig.
Signed-off-by: Feras Daoud <ferasda@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enhanced ipoib does not initialize max_opened_tc causing wrong ethtool
statistics. As mlx5e_grp_sw_update_stats relies on this variable, without
this change, the TX statistics will not be updated.
Fixes: 05909babce ("net/mlx5e: Avoid reset netdev stats on configuration changes")
Signed-off-by: Feras Daoud <ferasda@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix Kconfig warning with OF_MDIO where OF_MDIO was
selected unconditionally instead of only when
OF is actually enabled.
Fixes 7e8d5755be ("net: nixge: Add support for 64-bit platforms")
Suggested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Moritz Fischer <mdf@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The kernel module may sleep with holding a spinlock.
The function call paths (from bottom to top) in Linux-4.16 are:
[FUNC] usleep_range
drivers/net/ethernet/cadence/macb_main.c, 648:
usleep_range in macb_halt_tx
drivers/net/ethernet/cadence/macb_main.c, 730:
macb_halt_tx in macb_tx_error_task
drivers/net/ethernet/cadence/macb_main.c, 721:
_raw_spin_lock_irqsave in macb_tx_error_task
To fix this bug, usleep_range() is replaced with udelay().
This bug is found by my static analysis tool DSAC.
Signed-off-by: Jia-Ju Bai <baijiaju1990@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the loop of mvneta_tx_done_gbe(), we call the smp_processor_id()
each time, move the call out of the loop to optimize the code a bit.
Before the patch, the loop looks like(under arm64):
ldr x1, [x29,#120]
...
ldr w24, [x1,#36]
...
bl 0 <_raw_spin_lock>
str w24, [x27,#132]
...
After the patch, the loop looks like(under arm64):
...
bl 0 <_raw_spin_lock>
str w23, [x28,#132]
...
where w23 is loaded so be ready before the loop.
>From another side, mvneta_tx_done_gbe() is called from mvneta_poll()
which is in non-preemptible context, so it's safe to call the
smp_processor_id() function once.
Signed-off-by: Jisheng Zhang <Jisheng.Zhang@synaptics.com>
Reviewed-by: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code and HW supports NETIF_F_RXCSUM, so let's enable it by default.
Signed-off-by: Jisheng Zhang <Jisheng.Zhang@synaptics.com>
Reviewed-by: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@bootlin.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
napi_gro_receive() checks NETIF_F_GRO bit as well, if the bit is not
set, we will go through GRO_NORMAL in napi_skb_finish(), so fall back
to netif_receive_skb_internal(), so we don't need to check NETIF_F_GRO
ourself.
Signed-off-by: Jisheng Zhang <Jisheng.Zhang@synaptics.com>
Reviewed-by: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The cpsw-phy-sel device is not a child of the cpsw interconnect target
module. It lives in the system control module.
Let's fix this issue by trying to use cpsw-phy-sel phandle first if it
exists and if not fall back to current usage of trying to find the
cpsw-phy-sel child. That way the phy sel driver can be a child of the
system control module where it belongs in the device tree.
Without this fix, we cannot have a proper interconnect target module
hierarchy in device tree for things like genpd.
Note that deferred probe is mostly not supported by cpsw and this patch
does not attempt to fix that. In case deferred probe support is needed,
this could be added to cpsw_slave_open() and phy_connect() so they start
handling and returning errors.
For documenting it, looks like the cpsw-phy-sel is used for all cpsw device
tree nodes. It's missing the related binding documentation, so let's also
update the binding documentation accordingly.
Cc: devicetree@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Cc: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Cc: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Cc: Mark Rutland <mark.rutland@arm.com>
Cc: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Cc: Rob Herring <robh+dt@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bgmac.c: In function 'bgmac_dma_alloc':
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bgmac.c:619:6: warning:
variable 'err' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/request_manager.c: In function 'lio_process_iq_request_list':
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/request_manager.c:383:27: warning:
variable 'irh' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver displays an error message for each unrecognized dcbx TLV that's
received from the peer or configured on the device. It is observed that
syslog will be flooded with such messages in certain scenarios e.g.,
frequent link-flaps/lldp-transactions. Changing the severity of this
message to verbose level as it's not an error scenario/message.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bnxt/bnxt_vfr.c: In function 'bnxt_vf_rep_rx':
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bnxt/bnxt_vfr.c:212:28: warning:
variable 'rx_stats' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
struct bnxt_vf_rep_stats *rx_stats;
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
XGMAC2 uses the same CBS mechanism as GMAC5, only registers offset
changes. Lets use the same TC callbacks and implement the .config_cbs
callback in XGMAC2 core.
Signed-off-by: Jose Abreu <joabreu@synopsys.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Joao Pinto <jpinto@synopsys.com>
Cc: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DPAA2 Ethernet driver supports Freescale/NXP SoCs with DPAA2
(DataPath Acceleration Architecture v2). The driver manages
network objects discovered on the fsl-mc bus.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Radulescu <ruxandra.radulescu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check the return codes of these functions and halt reset
in case of failure. The driver will remain in a dormant state
until the next reset event, when device initialization will be
re-attempted.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To avoid leaking a running timer we need to wait for the
posted reconfigs after netdev is unregistered. In common
case the process of deinitializing the device will perform
synchronous reconfigs which wait for posted requests, but
especially with VXLAN ports being actively added and removed
there can be a race condition leaving a timer running after
adapter structure is freed leading to a crash.
Add an explicit flush after deregistering and for a good
measure a warning to check if timer is running just before
structures are freed.
Fixes: 3d780b926a ("nfp: add async reconfiguration mechanism")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-09-01
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Add AF_XDP zero-copy support for i40e driver (!), from Björn and Magnus.
2) BPF verifier improvements by giving each register its own liveness
chain which allows to simplify and getting rid of skip_callee() logic,
from Edward.
3) Add bpf fs pretty print support for percpu arraymap, percpu hashmap
and percpu lru hashmap. Also add generic percpu formatted print on
bpftool so the same can be dumped there, from Yonghong.
4) Add bpf_{set,get}sockopt() helper support for TCP_SAVE_SYN and
TCP_SAVED_SYN options to allow reflection of tos/tclass from received
SYN packet, from Nikita.
5) Misc improvements to the BPF sockmap test cases in terms of cgroup v2
interaction and removal of incorrect shutdown() calls, from John.
6) Few cleanups in xdp_umem_assign_dev() and xdpsock samples, from Prashant.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit gets rid of the structure xdp_umem_props. It was there to
be able to break a dependency at one point, but this is no longer
needed. The values in the struct are instead stored directly in the
xdp_umem structure. This simplifies the xsk code as well as af_xdp
zero-copy drivers and as a bonus gets rid of one internal header file.
The i40e driver is also adapted to the new interface in this commit.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
With certain gcc versions, it was possible to get the warning
"'tx_desc' may be used uninitialized in this function" for the
i40e_xmit_zc. This was not possible, however this commit simplifies
the code path so that this warning is no longer emitted.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
To prevent VF from deleting MAC address that was assigned by the
PF we need to check for that scenario when we try to delete a MAC
address from a VF.
Signed-off-by: Patryk Małek <patryk.malek@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If a VF is being removed, there is no need to continue with the
workqueue sync for the adminq task, thus cancel it. Without this call,
when VFs are created and removed right away, there might be a chance for
the driver to crash with events stuck in the adminq.
Signed-off-by: Lihong Yang <lihong.yang@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Hold the rtnl lock when we're clearing interrupt scheme
in i40e_shutdown and in i40e_remove.
Signed-off-by: Patryk Małek <patryk.malek@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
With current implementation of i40evf_set_features when user sets
any offload via ethtool we set I40EVF_FLAG_AQ_ENABLE_VLAN_STRIPPING
as a required aq which triggers driver to call
i40evf_enable_vlan_stripping. This shouldn't take place.
This patches fixes it by setting the flag only when VLAN offload
is turned on.
Signed-off-by: Patryk Małek <patryk.malek@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If our card has been put in an unstable state due to
other drivers interacting with it, speed settings
might be incorrect. If incorrect, forcefully reset them
on open to known default values.
Signed-off-by: Jan Sokolowski <jan.sokolowski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When XDP is enabled, the driver will report incorrect
statistics. Received frames will reported as transmitted frames.
This commits fixes the i40e implementation of ndo_get_stats64 (struct
net_device_ops), so that iproute2 will report correct statistics
(e.g. when running "ip -stats link show dev eth0") even when XDP is
enabled.
Reported-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Fixes: 74608d17fe ("i40e: add support for XDP_TX action")
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Static analysis tools report a problem from original driver submission.
Removing unnecessary check in condition.
Signed-off-by: Martyna Szapar <martyna.szapar@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Set IFF_UNICAST_FLT flag for the VF to prevent it from entering
promiscuous mode when macvlan is added to the VF.
Signed-off-by: Lihong Yang <lihong.yang@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Caught by GCC 8. When we provide a length for strncpy, we should not
include the terminating null. So we must tell it one less than the size
of the destination buffer.
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A PF can send any number of queues to the VF and the VF may not
be able to support that many. Check to see that the number of
queues is less than or equal to the max number of queues the
VF can have.
Signed-off-by: Paul M Stillwell Jr <paul.m.stillwell.jr@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add possibility to change a VF mac address from host side
without reloading the VF driver on the guest side. Without
this patch it is not possible to change the VF mac because
executing i40evf_virtchnl_completion function with
VIRTCHNL_OP_GET_VF_RESOURCES opcode resets the VF mac
address to previous value.
Signed-off-by: Paweł Jabłoński <pawel.jablonski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix a bug in the way we handled VF queues, by always showing stats for
the maximum number of queues, even if they aren't allocated. It is not
safe to change the number of strings reported to ethtool, as grabbing
statistics occurs over multiple ethtool ops for which the rtnl_lock()
cannot be held the entire time.
Avoid this by always reporting queue stats for the maximum number of
queues in the netdevice. Share some of the helper functionality for
adding stats with the PF code in i40e_ethtool_stats.h
This should reduce the chance of potential future bugs, and make adding
new statistics easier.
Note for the queue stats, unlike the PF driver we do not keep an array
of queue pointers, but an array of queues, so care must be taken to
avoid accessing queue memory that hasn't yet been allocated.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Move the boiler plate structures and helper functions we recently
added into their own header file, so that the complete collection is
located together.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use an i40e_stats array to handle the queue stats, instead of coding
similar functionality separately. Because of how the queue stats are
accessed on some kernels, we can't easily use i40e_add_ethtool_stats.
Instead, implement a separate helper, i40e_add_queue_stats, which we'll
use instead. This helper will correctly implement the
u64_stats_fetch_begin_irq logic and allow retries until successful. We
share the most complex code by re-using i40e_add_one_ethtool_stat.
This logic additionally easily supports skipping disabled rings by using
a ternary operator before calling the u64_stats_fetch_begin_irq()
function, so that we correctly zero-out the stats values without having
to perform two separate sections of code.
This significantly reduces the boiler plate code in
i40e_get_ethtool_stats, and helps keep the complex logic contained to as
few functions as possible.
With this patch, we've finally converted all the statistics to use the
helpers and the i40e_stats function.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Without a valid of_node in struct device we can't find the mvpp2 port
device by its DT node. Specifically, this breaks
of_find_net_device_by_node().
For example, the Armada 8040 based Clearfog GT-8K uses Marvell 88E6141
switch connected to the &cp1_eth2 port:
&cp1_mdio {
...
switch0: switch0@4 {
compatible = "marvell,mv88e6085";
...
ports {
...
port@5 {
reg = <5>;
label = "cpu";
ethernet = <&cp1_eth2>;
};
};
};
};
Without this patch, dsa_register_switch() returns -EPROBE_DEFER because
of_find_net_device_by_node() can't find the device_node of the &cp1_eth2
device.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1. Remove unused functions and data structures.
2. Change the sending of the remaining soft commands to synchronous.
Signed-off-by: Weilin Chang <weilin.chang@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1. Change struct octnic_ctrl_pkt to support synchronous operation.
2. Change code which use structure octnic_ctrl_pkt to send sc's
synchronously.
Signed-off-by: Weilin Chang <weilin.chang@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1. Add wait_for_sc_completion_timeout() for waiting the response and
handling common response errors
2. Send sc's synchronously: remove unused callback function,
and context structure; use wait_for_sc_completion_timeout() to wait
its response.
Signed-off-by: Weilin Chang <weilin.chang@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1. Set LIO_SC_MAX_TMO_MS as the maximum timeout value for a soft command
(sc). All sc's use this value as a hard timeout value. Add expiry_time
in struct octeon_soft_command to keep the hard timeout value. The field
wait_time and timeout in struct octeon_soft_command will be obsoleted in
the last patch of this patch series.
2. Add processing a synchronous sc in sc response thread
lio_process_ordered_list. The memory allocated for a synchronous sc will
be freed by lio_process_ordered_list() to the sc pool.
3. Add two response lists for lio_process_ordered_list to process the
storage allocated for sc's:
OCTEON_DONE_SC_LIST response list keeps all sc's which will be freed to
the pool after their requestors have finished processing the responses.
OCTEON_ZOMBIE_SC_LIST response list keeps all sc's which have got
LIO_SC_MAX_TMO_MS timeout.
When an sc gets a hard timeout, lio_process_order_list() will recheck
its status 1 ms later. If the status has not updated by the firmware at
that time, the sc will be removed from OCTEON_DONE_SC_LIST response list
to OCTEON_ZOMBIE_SC_LIST response list. The sc's in the
OCTEON_ZOMBIE_SC_LIST response list will be freed when the driver is
unloaded.
Signed-off-by: Weilin Chang <weilin.chang@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for 64-bit platforms to driver.
The hardware only supports 32-bit register accesses
so the accesses need to be split up into two writes
when setting the current and tail descriptor values.
Signed-off-by: Moritz Fischer <mdf@kernel.org>
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When using the fixed PHY with GENET (e.g. MOCA) the PHY link
status can be determined from the internal link status captured
by the MAC. This allows the PHY state machine to use the correct
link state with the fixed PHY even if MAC link event interrupts
are missed when the net device is opened.
Fixes: 8d88c6ebb3 ("net: bcmgenet: enable MoCA link state change detection")
Signed-off-by: Doug Berger <opendmb@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In lio_enable_irq, the pkt_in_done count register was being cleared to
zero. However, there could be some completed instructions which were not
yet processed due to budget and limit constraints.
So, only write this register with the number of actual completions
that were processed.
Signed-off-by: Rick Farrington <ricardo.farrington@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Rick Farrington <ricardo.farrington@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the last in-tree driver using the old {get,set}_settings API.
Note: this is only build tested. I don't have the hardware at hand; as it's
10Mb/s half duplex device and driver can be built only for one subplatform
of 32-bit ARM (Acorn RiscPC), it may be difficult to find someone who does.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to remove the node name pointer from struct device_node,
convert printf users to use the %pOFn format specifier.
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Cc: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Cc: Sebastian Hesselbarth <sebastian.hesselbarth@gmail.com>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Cc: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Cc: Nelson Chang <nelson.chang@mediatek.com>
Cc: Matthias Brugger <matthias.bgg@gmail.com>
Cc: Wingman Kwok <w-kwok2@ti.com>
Cc: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Matthias Brugger <matthias.bgg@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Stratix10 SoC is an AARCH64 based platform that shares the same ethernet
controller that is on other SoCFPGA platforms. Build the platform driver.
Signed-off-by: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for the R7S9210 which is part of the RZ/A2 series.
Signed-off-by: Chris Brandt <chris.brandt@renesas.com>
Acked-by: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If there are packets in hardware when changing the speed
or duplex, it may cause hardware hang up.
This patch adds netif_carrier_off before change speed and
duplex in ethtool_ops.set_link_ksettings, and adds
netif_carrier_on after complete the change.
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If there are packets in hardware when changing the speed
or duplex, it may cause hardware hang up.
This patch adds the code for waiting chip to clean the all
pkts(TX & RX) in chip when the driver uses the function named
"adjust link".
This patch cleans the pkts as follows:
1) close rx of chip, close tx of protocol stack.
2) wait rcb, ppe, mac to clean.
3) adjust link
4) open rx of chip, open tx of protocol stack.
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I have two Ethernet adapters:
r8169 0000:03:01.0 eth0: RTL8169sb/8110sb, 00:14:d1:14:2d:49, XID 10000000, IRQ 18
r8169 0000:01:00.0 eth0: RTL8168e/8111e, 64:66:b3:11:14:5d, XID 2c200000, IRQ 30
And after upgrading from linux 4.15 [1] to linux 4.18+ [2] RTL8169sb failed to
receive any packets. tcpdump shows a lot of checksum mismatch.
[1]: a0f79386a4
[2]: 0519359784 (4.19 merge window opened)
I started bisecting and the found that [3] breaks it. According to [4]:
"For 8110S, 8110SB, and 8110SC series, the initial value of RxConfig
needs to be set after the tx/rx is enabled."
So I moved rtl_init_rxcfg() after enabling tx/rs and now my adapter works
(RTL8168e works too).
[3]: 3559d81e76
[4]: e542a2269f ("r8169: adjust the RxConfig
settings.")
Also drop "rx" from rtl_set_rx_tx_config_registers(), since it does nothing
with it already.
Fixes: 3559d81e76 ("r8169: simplify
rtl_hw_start_8169")
Cc: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Realtek linux nic maintainers <nic_swsd@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Azat Khuzhin <a3at.mail@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 4ae0169fd1.
This change in the handling of the coalesce timer is causing regression on
(at least) amlogic platforms.
Network will break down very quickly (a few seconds) after starting
a download. This can easily be reproduced using iperf3 for example.
The problem has been reported on the S805, S905, S912 and A113 SoCs
(Realtek and Micrel PHYs) and it is likely impacting all Amlogics
platforms using Gbit ethernet
No problem was seen with the platform using 10/100 only PHYs (GXL internal)
Reverting change brings things back to normal and allows to use network
again until we better understand the problem with the coalesce timer.
Cc: Jose Abreu <joabreu@synopsys.com>
Cc: Joao Pinto <jpinto@synopsys.com>
Cc: Vitor Soares <soares@synopsys.com>
Cc: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Cc: Corentin Labbe <clabbe@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Jerome Brunet <jbrunet@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds zero-copy Tx support for AF_XDP sockets. It implements
the ndo_xsk_async_xmit netdev ndo and performs all the Tx logic from a
NAPI context. This means pulling egress packets from the Tx ring,
placing the frames on the NIC HW descriptor ring and completing sent
frames back to the application via the completion ring.
The regular XDP Tx ring is used for AF_XDP as well. This rationale for
this is as follows: XDP_REDIRECT guarantees mutual exclusion between
different NAPI contexts based on CPU id. In other words, a netdev can
XDP_REDIRECT to another netdev with a different NAPI context, since
the operation is bound to a specific core and each core has its own
hardware ring.
As the AF_XDP Tx action is running in the same NAPI context and using
the same ring, it will also be protected from XDP_REDIRECT actions
with the exact same mechanism.
As with AF_XDP Rx, all AF_XDP Tx specific functions are added to
i40e_xsk.c.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
This patch prepares for the upcoming zero-copy Tx functionality, by
moving common functions and refactor chunks of code into re-usable
functions, used both by the regular path and zero-copy path.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
This patch adds zero-copy Rx support for AF_XDP sockets. Instead of
allocating buffers of type MEM_TYPE_PAGE_SHARED, the Rx frames are
allocated as MEM_TYPE_ZERO_COPY when AF_XDP is enabled for a certain
queue.
All AF_XDP specific functions are added to a new file, i40e_xsk.c.
Note that when AF_XDP zero-copy is enabled, the XDP action XDP_PASS
will allocate a new buffer and copy the zero-copy frame prior passing
it to the kernel stack.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
This patch prepares for the upcoming zero-copy Rx functionality, by
moving/changing linkage of common functions, used both by the regular
path and zero-copy path.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
In this commit, the Rx path is refactored some, as a step torwards the
introduction AF_XDP Rx zero-copy.
The page re-use counter is moved into the i40e_reuse_rx_page, instead
of bumping the counter in many places. The Rx buffer page clearing is
moved for better readability. Lastely, functions to update statistics
and bump the XDP Tx ring are introduced.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Add functions for queue pair enable/disable. Instead of resetting the
whole device, only the affected queue pair is disabled or enabled.
This plumbing is used in a later commit, when zero-copy AF_XDP support
is introduced.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Make the RTsym users access the size via the helper, which
takes care of special handling of absolute symbols.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Francois H. Theron <francois.theron@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support in nfpcore for reading the absolute RTsyms.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Francois H. Theron <francois.theron@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert all users of RTsym to the new set of helpers which
handle all targets correctly.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Francois H. Theron <francois.theron@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make nfp_rtsym_{read,write}_le() and nfp_rtsym_map() use the new
target resolution helpers to allow accessing in-cache symbols.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Francois H. Theron <francois.theron@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Align nfp_cpp_map_area() with other CPP-level APIs and pass
encoded cpp_id/dest rather than target, action, domain tuple.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Francois H. Theron <francois.theron@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RTsyms may have special encodings for more complex symbol types.
For example symbols which are placed in external memory unit's
cache directly, constants or local memory. Add set of helpers
which will check for those special encodings and handle them
correctly.
For now only add direct cache accesses, we don't have a need to
access the other ones in foreseeable future.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Francois H. Theron <francois.theron@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add error prints to CPP target encoding/decoding logic, otherwise
it's quite hard to pin point the reasons why read or write
operations fail.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Francois H. Theron <francois.theron@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We will soon need the MU locality field offset much more
often than just for decoding MIP address. Save it in nfp_cpp
for quick access. Note that we can already reuse the target
config from nfp_cpp, no need to do the XPB read.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Francois H. Theron <francois.theron@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use a switch statement instead of ifs for code dependent
on chip version. While at it make sure we fail for unknown
chip revisions.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add NFP5000 to supported chips, the chip is backward compatible
with NFP4000 and NFP6000, so core PCIe code needs to handle it
the same way as 4k and 6k.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In multi-host scenarios Management FW may allocate MAC addresses
at runtime, we have to use the indirect lookup to find them.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Management FW can adjust some of the information in the HWinfo table
at runtime. In some cases reading the table directly will not yield
correct results. Add a NSP command for looking up information.
Up until now we weren't making use of any of the values which may
get adjusted.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To enable easier FW distribution NFP can now automatically
select between FW stored on the flash and loaded from the
kernel.
If FW loading policy is set to auto it will compare the
versions of FW from the host and from the flash and load
the newer one. If FW type doesn't match (e.g. one advanced
application vs another) the FW from the host takes precedence,
unless one of them is the basic NIC firmware, in which case
the non-basic-NIC FW is selected.
This automatic selection mechanism requires we inform user
what the verdict was. Print a message to the logs explaining
the decision and the reason.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Flash may contain a default NFP application FW. This application
can either be put there by the user (with ethtool -f) or shipped
with the card. If file system FW is not found, attempt to load
this flash stored app FW.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is already a fair number of arguments to nfp_nsp_command()
family of functions. Encapsulate them into structures to make
adding new ones easier. No functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
100GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2018-08-28
This series contains new features and implementation updates for the
ice driver.
Anirudh reworks the current flex programming logic to add support for
a second flex descriptor profile. Updated the transmit scheduler
code to handle changes to the spec, specifically the firmware expects
a 4KB buffer at all times so fix the default scheduler topology buffer
size. Also the maximum children per node per layer is replaced by
maximum sibling group size. Adds a check to ensure a reset is not in
progress before exercising a control queue operation. Refactored the
switch rule management functions and structures to simply the logic and
to add a common function to search for a rule entry and add a new rule
entry. Refactored the VSI allocation, deletion and rebuild flow so that
on reset we can restore all the filters that were previously added. Did
some spring cleaning of define names and macros.
Dan updates the admin queue command for requesting resource ownership
to the latest specification by adding new enum's and change the locks.
Zhenning optimizes the driver by using the existing buffer in a
structure directly versus a local array.
Chinh implements handlers for ethtool for get and set link settings.
Sudheer implements transmit hang/timeout detection and malicious driver
detection in the driver.
Md Fahad Iqbal implements the get and set bridge mode operations.
Hieu adds the ability for firmware logging during initialization.
Brett updates the driver to only enable VSI transmit and receive pruning
when VLAN 0 is active, and when VLAN 0 is removed/not active, pruning is
disabled.
Akeem adds a flag to use for stopping the service task.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When failing the request because we can't support that offload,
reporting EOPNOTSUPP makes much more sense than ENXIO.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There seems to be a problem in the x540's internal switch wherein if SR-IOV
mode is enabled and an offloaded IPsec packet is sent to a local VF,
the packet is silently dropped. This might never be a problem as it is
somewhat a corner case, but if someone happens to be using IPsec offload
from the PF to a VF that just happens to get migrated to the local box,
communication will mysteriously fail.
Not good.
A simple way to protect from this is to simply not allow any IPsec offloads
for outgoing packets when num_vfs != 0. This doesn't help any offloads that
were created before SR-IOV was enabled, but we'll get to that later.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add the IPsec initialization into the driver startup and
add the Rx and Tx processing hooks.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add the IPsec offload support code. This is based off of the similar
code in ixgbe, but instead of writing the SA registers, the VF asks
the PF to setup the offload by sending the offload information to the
PF via the standard mailbox.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix up the register definitions for using IPsec offloads and
add the new mailbox message IDs.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add an add and a delete message for IPsec offload requests from
the VF. These call into the IPsec functions that can translate
the message buffer into a useful IPsec offload.
These new messages bump the mbox API version to 1.4.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add a private flag to expressly enable support for VF IPsec offload.
The VF will have to be "trusted" in order to use the hardware offload,
but because of the general concerns of managing VF access, we want to
be sure the user specifically is enabling the feature.
This is likely a candidate for becoming a netdev feature flag.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add functions to translate VF IPsec offload add and delete requests
into something the existing code can work with.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Pull out a couple of values from a function so they can be used
later elsewhere.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Restore the IPsec hardware IP table after reloading the SA tables.
This doesn't make much difference now, but will matter when we add
support for VF IPsec offloads.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The software SA record counters should not be cleared when clearing
the hardware tables. This causes the counters to be out of sync
after a driver reset.
Fixes: 63a67fe229 ("ixgbe: add ipsec offload add and remove SA")
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
While VF2VF with RSS communication, RSS Type were wrongly recognized
and RSS hash was not calculated as it should be. Packets was
distributed on various queues by accident.
This commit fixes that behaviour and causes proper RSS Type recognition.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Basierski <sebastianx.basierski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add check for FW NVM recovery mode during driver initialization and
service task. If in recovery mode, log message and unregister device
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Basierski <sebastianx.basierski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Don Buchholz <donald.buchholz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Remove the "ice" prefix for the driver version string and bump version
to 0.7.1-k.
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Tony Brelinski <tonyx.brelinski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch introduces SERVICE_DIS flag to use for stopping service task.
This flag will be checked before scheduling new tasks. Also add new
functions ice_service_task_stop to stop service task.
Signed-off-by: Akeem G Abodunrin <akeem.g.abodunrin@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Tony Brelinski <tonyx.brelinski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
VLAN pruning is not valid when VLAN 0 is not active. If VLAN
pruning is enabled and VLAN 0 is not active (8021q driver not loaded)
then normal, non-VLAN, traffic will not pass.
TX/RX VLAN pruning is enabled when the VLAN 0 is added to the
active_vlan bitmap and it is disabled when VLAN 0 is removed from the
active_vlan bitmap.
So, only enable VLAN pruning when VLAN 0 is active. Setting RX VLAN
pruning causes the switch to drop received VLAN packets when there
are no matching VLAN ids in the associated VSI's switch filters. Setting
TX pruning makes it so the switch will not send out any packets with
VLAN tags that don't match the associated VSI's switch filters.
With this patch, if the VF or PF tries to send a VLAN tagged packet with
a VLAN tag that it does not have a pruning rule for it will trigger an
MDD event. For example, if PF0 has VLAN10 and VLAN11 interfaces and
scapy is used to send a packet with VLAN8 then the MDD is triggered.
Also make ice_vsi_kill_vlan return a value which the caller can check
before updating VLAN related data structures (counts, pruning bits, etc.).
Signed-off-by: Brett Creeley <brett.creeley@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Tony Brelinski <tonyx.brelinski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
To enable FW logging, the "cq_en" and "uart_en" enable bits of the
"fw_log" element in struct ice_hw need to set accordingly based on
some user-provided parameters during driver loading. To select which
FW log events to be emitted, the "cfg" elements of corresponding FW
modules in the "evnts" array member of "fw_log" need to be configured.
Signed-off-by: Hieu Tran <hieu.t.tran@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Tony Brelinski <tonyx.brelinski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
ice_bridge_getlink returns the current bridge mode using
ndo_dflt_bridge_getlink and the mode parameter available in
first_switch->bridge_mode.
ice_bridge_setlink is invoked when the bridge mode needs to
changed. The value to be changed to is available as a netlink
message which is parsed in this function. If the mode has to
be changed, switch_flags is set appropriately (set ALLOW_LB
for VEB mode and clear it for VEPA mode) and ice_aq_update_vsi
is called. Also change the unicast switch filter rules.
Signed-off-by: Md Fahad Iqbal Polash <md.fahad.iqbal.polash@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Tony Brelinski <tonyx.brelinski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When a malicious operation is detected, the firmware triggers an
interrupt, which is then picked up by the service task (specifically by
ice_handle_mdd_event). A reset is scheduled if required.
Tx hang detection works in a similar way, except the logic here monitors
the VSI's Tx queues and tries to revive them if stalled. If the hang is
not resolved, the kernel eventually calls ndo_tx_timeout, which is
handled by ice_tx_timeout.
Signed-off-by: Sudheer Mogilappagari <sudheer.mogilappagari@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Tony Brelinski <tonyx.brelinski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch cleans up the existing register definitions.
1) Several instances of long defines names used in the BIT() macro
were replaced to use the actual values they represent. As a
result some defines for shifts (ending with _S) that were used
only to create bitmasks were removed completely.
2) Apply more consistent tab spacing.
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Tony Brelinski <tonyx.brelinski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch implements handlers for ethtool get_link_ksettings and
set_link_ksettings. Helper functions use by these handlers are also
introduced in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Chinh Cao <chinh.t.cao@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Tony Brelinski <tonyx.brelinski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch refactors aspects of the VSI allocation, deletion and rebuild
flow. Some of the more noteworthy changes are described below.
1) On reset, all switch filters applied in the hardware are lost. In
the rebuild flow, only MAC and broadcast filters are being restored.
Instead, use a new function ice_replay_all_fltr to restore all the
filters that were previously added. To do this, remove calls to
ice_remove_vsi_fltr to prevent cleaning out the internal bookkeeping
structures that ice_replay_all_fltr uses to replay filters.
2) Introduce a new state bit __ICE_PREPARED_FOR_RESET to distinguish the
PF that requested the reset (and consequently prepared for it) from
the rest of the PFs. These other PFs will prepare for reset only
when they receive an interrupt from the firmware.
3) Use new functions ice_add_vsi and ice_free_vsi to create and destroy
VSIs respectively. These functions accept a handle to uniquely
identify a VSI. This same handle is required to rebuild the VSI post
reset. To prevent confusion, the existing ice_vsi_add was renamed to
ice_vsi_init.
4) Enhance ice_vsi_setup for the upcoming SR-IOV changes and expose a
new wrapper function ice_pf_vsi_setup to create PF VSIs. Rework the
error handling path in ice_setup_pf_sw.
5) Introduce a new function ice_vsi_release_all to release all PF VSIs.
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Tony Brelinski <tonyx.brelinski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch is an adaptation of the work originally done by Grishma
Kotecha <grishma.kotecha@intel.com> that in summary refactors the
switch filtering logic in the driver. More specifically,
- Update the recipe structure to also store list of rules
- Update the existing code for recipes like MAC, VLAN, ethtype etc to
use list head that is attached to switch recipe structure
- Add a common function to search for a rule entry and add a new rule
entry. Update the code to use this new function.
- Refactor the rem_handle_vsi_list function to simplify the logic
CC: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Tony Brelinski <tonyx.brelinski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use the buffer in the s_rule structure directly instead of using
a local array eth_hdr[DUMMY_ETH_HDR_LEN]
Signed-off-by: Zhenning Xiao <zhenning.xiao@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Tony Brelinski <tonyx.brelinski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Once reset is issued, the driver loses all control queue interfaces.
Exercising control queue operations during reset is incorrect and
may result in long timeouts.
This patch introduces a new field 'reset_ongoing' in the hw structure.
This is set to 1 by the core driver when it receives a reset interrupt.
ice_sq_send_cmd checks reset_ongoing before actually issuing the control
queue operation. If a reset is in progress, it returns a soft error code
(ICE_ERR_RESET_PENDING) to the caller. The caller may or may not have to
take any action based on this return. Once the driver knows that the
reset is done, it has to set reset_ongoing back to 0. This will allow
control queue operations to be posted to the hardware again.
This "bail out" logic was specifically added to ice_sq_send_cmd (which
is pretty low level function) so that we have one solution in one place
that applies to all types of control queues.
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Tony Brelinski <tonyx.brelinski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Align Request Resource Ownership AQ command (0x0008) to the latest
specification. This includes:
- Correcting the resource IDs for the Global Cfg and Change locks.
- new enum ICE_CHANGE_LOCK_RES_ID
- new enum ICE_GLOBAL_CFG_LOCK_RES_ID
- Altering the flow for Global Config Lock to allow only the first PF to
download the package.
Signed-off-by: Dan Nowlin <dan.nowlin@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Tony Brelinski <tonyx.brelinski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
1) The maximum device nodes is a global value and shared by the whole
device. Add element AQ command would fail if there is no space to
add new nodes so the check for max nodes isn't required. So remove
ice_sched_get_num_nodes_per_layer and ice_sched_val_max_nodes.
2) In ice_sched_add_elems, set default node's CIR/EIR bandwidth weight.
3) Fix default scheduler topology buffer size as the firmware expects
a 4KB buffer at all times, and will error out if one of any other
size is provided.
4) In the latest spec, max children per node per layer is replaced by
max sibling group size. Now it provides the max children of the below
layer node, not the current layer node.
5) Fix some newline/whitespace issues for consistency.
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Tony Brelinski <tonyx.brelinski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The driver can support two flex descriptor profiles, ICE_RXDID_FLEX_NIC
and ICE_RXDID_FLEX_NIC_2. This patch reworks the current flex programming
logic to add support for the latter profile.
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Tony Brelinski <tonyx.brelinski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) ICE, E1000, IGB, IXGBE, and I40E bug fixes from the Intel folks.
2) Better fix for AB-BA deadlock in packet scheduler code, from Cong
Wang.
3) bpf sockmap fixes (zero sized key handling, etc.) from Daniel
Borkmann.
4) Send zero IPID in TCP resets and SYN-RECV state ACKs, to prevent
attackers using it as a side-channel. From Eric Dumazet.
5) Memory leak in mediatek bluetooth driver, from Gustavo A. R. Silva.
6) Hook up rt->dst.input of ipv6 anycast routes properly, from Hangbin
Liu.
7) hns and hns3 bug fixes from Huazhong Tan.
8) Fix RIF leak in mlxsw driver, from Ido Schimmel.
9) iova range check fix in vhost, from Jason Wang.
10) Fix hang in do_tcp_sendpages() with tls, from John Fastabend.
11) More r8152 chips need to disable RX aggregation, from Kai-Heng Feng.
12) Memory exposure in TCA_U32_SEL handling, from Kees Cook.
13) TCP BBR congestion control fixes from Kevin Yang.
14) hv_netvsc, ignore non-PCI devices, from Stephen Hemminger.
15) qed driver fixes from Tomer Tayar.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (77 commits)
net: sched: Fix memory exposure from short TCA_U32_SEL
qed: fix spelling mistake "comparsion" -> "comparison"
vhost: correctly check the iova range when waking virtqueue
qlge: Fix netdev features configuration.
net: macb: do not disable MDIO bus at open/close time
Revert "net: stmmac: fix build failure due to missing COMMON_CLK dependency"
net: macb: Fix regression breaking non-MDIO fixed-link PHYs
mlxsw: spectrum_switchdev: Do not leak RIFs when removing bridge
i40e: fix condition of WARN_ONCE for stat strings
i40e: Fix for Tx timeouts when interface is brought up if DCB is enabled
ixgbe: fix driver behaviour after issuing VFLR
ixgbe: Prevent unsupported configurations with XDP
ixgbe: Replace GFP_ATOMIC with GFP_KERNEL
igb: Replace mdelay() with msleep() in igb_integrated_phy_loopback()
igb: Replace GFP_ATOMIC with GFP_KERNEL in igb_sw_init()
igb: Use an advanced ctx descriptor for launchtime
e1000: ensure to free old tx/rx rings in set_ringparam()
e1000: check on netif_running() before calling e1000_up()
ixgb: use dma_zalloc_coherent instead of allocator/memset
ice: Trivial formatting fixes
...
Trivial fix to spelling mistake in DP_ERR error message
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
qlge_fix_features() is not supposed to modify hardware or
driver state, rather it is supposed to only fix requested
fetures bits. Currently qlge_fix_features() also goes for
interface down and up unnecessarily if there is not even
any change in features set.
This patch changes/fixes following -
1) Move reload of interface or device re-config from
qlge_fix_features() to qlge_set_features().
2) Reload of interface in qlge_set_features() only if
relevant feature bit (NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_RX) is changed.
3) Get rid of qlge_fix_features() since driver is not really
required to fix any features bit.
Signed-off-by: Manish <manish.chopra@cavium.com>
Reviewed-by: Benjamin Poirier <bpoirier@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
macb_reset_hw() is called from macb_close() and indirectly from
macb_open(). macb_reset_hw() zeroes the NCR register, including the MPE
(Management Port Enable) bit.
This will prevent accessing any other PHYs for other Ethernet MACs on
the MDIO bus, which remains registered at macb_reset_hw() time, until
macb_init_hw() is called from macb_open() which sets the MPE bit again.
I.e. currently the MDIO bus has a short disruption at open time and is
disabled at close time until the interface is opened again.
Fix that by only touching the RE and TE bits when enabling and disabling
RX/TX.
v2: Make macb_init_hw() NCR write a single statement.
Fixes: 6c36a70744 ("macb: Use generic PHY layer")
Signed-off-by: Anssi Hannula <anssi.hannula@bitwise.fi>
Reviewed-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Tested-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit bde4975310.
All legacy clock implementations now implement clk_set_rate() (Some
implementations may be dummies, though).
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arnd.de>
Acked-by: Jose Abreu <joabreu@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 739de9a156 ("net: macb: Reorganize macb_mii bringup") broke
initializing macb on the EVB-KSZ9477 eval board.
There, of_mdiobus_register was called even for the fixed-link representing
the RGMII-link to the switch with the result that the driver attempts to
enumerate PHYs on a non-existent MDIO bus:
libphy: MACB_mii_bus: probed
mdio_bus f0028000.ethernet-ffffffff: fixed-link has invalid PHY address
mdio_bus f0028000.ethernet-ffffffff: scan phy fixed-link at address 0
[snip]
mdio_bus f0028000.ethernet-ffffffff: scan phy fixed-link at address 31
The "MDIO" bus registration succeeds regardless, having claimed the reset GPIO,
and calling of_phy_register_fixed_link later on fails because it tries
to claim the same GPIO:
macb f0028000.ethernet: broken fixed-link specification
Fix this by registering the fixed-link before calling mdiobus_register.
Fixes: 739de9a156 ("net: macb: Reorganize macb_mii bringup")
Signed-off-by: Ahmad Fatoum <a.fatoum@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a bridge device is removed, the VLANs are flushed from each
configured port. This causes the ports to decrement the reference count
on the associated FIDs (filtering identifier). If the reference count of
a FID is 1 and it has a RIF (router interface), then this RIF is
destroyed.
However, if no port is member in the VLAN for which a RIF exists, then
the RIF will continue to exist after the removal of the bridge. To
reproduce:
# ip link add name br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1
# ip link set dev swp1 master br0
# ip link add link br0 name br0.10 type vlan id 10
# ip address add 192.0.2.0/24 dev br0.10
# ip link del dev br0
The RIF associated with br0.10 continues to exist.
Fix this by iterating over all the bridge device uppers when it is
destroyed and take care of destroying their RIFs.
Fixes: 99f44bb352 ("mlxsw: spectrum: Enable L3 interfaces on top of bridge devices")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 9b10df596b ("i40e: use WARN_ONCE to replace the commented
BUG_ON size check") introduced a warning check to make sure
that the size of the stat strings was always the expected value. This
code accidentally inverted the check of the data pointer. Fix this so
that we accurately count the size of the stats we copied in.
This fixes an erroneous WARN kernel splat that occurs when requesting
ethtool statistics.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Tested-by: Mauro S M Rodrigues <maurosr@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If interface is connected to switch port configured for DCB there are
TX timeouts when bringing up interface. Problem started appearing after
adding in i40e driver code mqprio hardware offload mode. In function
i40e_vsi_configure_bw_alloc was added resetting BW rate which should
be executing when mqprio qdisc is removed but was also when there was
no mqprio qdisc added and DCB was enabled. In this patch was added
additional check for DCB flag so now when DCB is enabled the correct
DCB configs from before mqprio patch are restored.
Signed-off-by: Martyna Szapar <martyna.szapar@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since VFLR doesn't clear VFMBMEM (VF Mailbox Memory)
and is not re-enabling queues correctly we should fix
this behavior.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Basierski <sebastianx.basierski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
These changes address comments by Jakub Kicinski on
commit 38b7e7f8ae ("ixgbe: Do not allow LRO or MTU change with XDP").
Change the MTU check with XDP to allow any supported value and only
reject those outside of the range as opposed to rejecting any change
when XDP is active. In situations where MTU size is not supported,
return -EINVAL instead of -EPERM.
Add checks when enabling SRIOV, DCB, or adding L2FW offloaded device
as they are not supported with XDP.
CC: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
ixgbe_fcoe_ddp_setup(), ixgbe_setup_fcoe_ddp_resources() and
ixgbe_sw_init() are never called in atomic context.
They call kmalloc(), dma_pool_alloc() and kzalloc() with GFP_ATOMIC,
which is not necessary.
GFP_ATOMIC can be replaced with GFP_KERNEL.
This is found by a static analysis tool named DCNS written by myself.
Signed-off-by: Jia-Ju Bai <baijiaju1990@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Sebastian Basierski <sebastianx.basierski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
igb_integrated_phy_loopback() is never called in atomic context.
It calls mdelay() to busily wait, which is not necessary.
mdelay() can be replaced with msleep().
This is found by a static analysis tool named DCNS written by myself.
Signed-off-by: Jia-Ju Bai <baijiaju1990@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
igb_sw_init() is never called in atomic context.
It calls kzalloc() and kcalloc() with GFP_ATOMIC, which is not necessary.
GFP_ATOMIC can be replaced with GFP_KERNEL.
This is found by a static analysis tool named DCNS written by myself.
Signed-off-by: Jia-Ju Bai <baijiaju1990@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
On i210, Launchtime (TxTime) requires the usage of an "Advanced
Transmit Context Descriptor" for retrieving the timestamp of a packet.
The igb driver correctly builds such descriptor on the segmentation
flow (i.e. igb_tso()) or on the checksum one (i.e. igb_tx_csum()), but the
feature is broken for AF_PACKET if the IGB_TX_FLAGS_VLAN is not set,
which happens due to an early return on igb_tx_csum().
This flag is only set by the kernel when a VLAN interface is used,
thus we can't just rely on it. Here we are fixing this issue by checking
if launchtime is enabled for the current tx_ring before performing the
early return.
Signed-off-by: Jesus Sanchez-Palencia <jesus.sanchez-palencia@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In 'e1000_set_ringparam()', the tx_ring and rx_ring are updated with new value
and the old tx/rx rings are freed only when the device is up. There are resource
leaks on old tx/rx rings when the device is not up. This bug is reported by COD,
a tool for testing kernel module binaries I am building.
This patch fixes the bug by always calling 'kfree()' on old tx/rx rings in
'e1000_set_ringparam()'.
Signed-off-by: Bo Chen <chenbo@pdx.edu>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When the device is not up, the call to 'e1000_up()' from the error handling path
of 'e1000_set_ringparam()' causes a kernel oops with a null-pointer
dereference. The null-pointer dereference is triggered in function
'e1000_alloc_rx_buffers()' at line 'buffer_info = &rx_ring->buffer_info[i]'.
This bug was reported by COD, a tool for testing kernel module binaries I am
building. This bug was also detected by KFI from Dr. Kai Cong.
This patch fixes the bug by checking on 'netif_running()' before calling
'e1000_up()' in 'e1000_set_ringparam()'.
Signed-off-by: Bo Chen <chenbo@pdx.edu>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use dma_zalloc_coherent instead of dma_alloc_coherent
followed by memset 0.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Most of the SoC updates in this cycle are cleanups and moves to more
modern infrastructure:
- Davinci was moved to common clock framework
- OMAP1-based Amstrad E3 "Superphone" saw a bunch of cleanups to the
keyboard interface (bitbanged AT keyboard via GPIO).
- Removal of some stale code for Renesas platforms
- Power management improvements for i.MX6LL
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=ACVk
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'armsoc-soc' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/arm/arm-soc
Pull ARM 32-bit SoC platform updates from Olof Johansson:
"Most of the SoC updates in this cycle are cleanups and moves to more
modern infrastructure:
- Davinci was moved to common clock framework
- OMAP1-based Amstrad E3 "Superphone" saw a bunch of cleanups to the
keyboard interface (bitbanged AT keyboard via GPIO).
- Removal of some stale code for Renesas platforms
- Power management improvements for i.MX6LL"
* tag 'armsoc-soc' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/arm/arm-soc: (112 commits)
ARM: uniphier: select RESET_CONTROLLER
arm64: uniphier: select RESET_CONTROLLER
ARM: uniphier: remove empty Makefile
ARM: exynos: Clear global variable on init error path
ARM: exynos: Remove outdated maintainer information
ARM: shmobile: Always enable ARCH_TIMER on SoCs with A7 and/or A15
ARM: shmobile: r8a7779: hide unused r8a7779_platform_cpu_kill
soc: r9a06g032: don't build SMP files for non-SMP config
ARM: shmobile: Add the R9A06G032 SMP enabler driver
ARM: at91: pm: configure wakeup sources for ULP1 mode
ARM: at91: pm: add PMC fast startup registers defines
ARM: at91: pm: Add ULP1 mode support
ARM: at91: pm: Use ULP0 naming instead of slow clock
ARM: hisi: handle of_iomap and fix missing of_node_put
ARM: hisi: check of_iomap and fix missing of_node_put
ARM: hisi: fix error handling and missing of_node_put
ARM: mx5: Set the DBGEN bit in ARM_GPC register
ARM: imx51: Configure M4IF to avoid visual artifacts
ARM: imx: call imx6sx_cpuidle_init() conditionally for 6sll
ARM: imx: fix i.MX6SLL build
...
1) Add missing "\n" when printing link event error message.
2) Update dev_err statement in probe.
3) Add function description for ice_clear_pf_cfg.
4) Fix coding style for ice_acquire_nvm.
5) netdev->mtu is unsigned so use %u.
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Tony Brelinski <tonyx.brelinski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Recent versions of checkpatch have a new warning based on a documented
preference of Linus to not use bool in structures due to wasted space and
the size of bool is implementation dependent. For more information, see
the email thread at https://lkml.org/lkml/2017/11/21/384.
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Tony Brelinski <tonyx.brelinski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In ice_vsi_setup_[tx|rx]_rings, err is uninitialized which can result in
a garbage value return to the caller. Fix that.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Tony Brelinski <tonyx.brelinski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
1) When ice_ena_msix_range() fails to reserve vectors, a devm_kfree()
warning was seen in the error flow path. So check pf->irq_tracker
before use in ice_clear_interrupt_scheme().
2) In ice_vsi_cfg(), check vsi->netdev before use.
3) In ice_get_link_status, check link_up before use.
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Tony Brelinski <tonyx.brelinski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Remove the following interrupt causes that are not applicable or not
handled:
- PFINT_OICR_HLP_RDY_M
- PFINT_OICR_CPM_RDY_M
- PFINT_OICR_GPIO_M
- PFINT_OICR_STORM_DETECT_M
Add the following interrupt cause that's actually handled in ice_misc_intr:
- PFINT_OICR_PE_CRITERR_M
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Tony Brelinski <tonyx.brelinski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In the struct ice_aqc_vsi_props the field port_vlan_flags is an
overloaded term because it is used for both port VLANs (PVLANs) and
regular VLANs. This is an issue and is very confusing especially when
dealing with VFs because normal VLANs and port VLANs are not the same.
To fix this the field was renamed to vlan_flags and all of the #define's
labeled *_PVLAN_* were renamed to *_VLAN_* if they are not specific to
port VLANs.
Also in ice_vsi_manage_vlan_stripping, set the ICE_AQ_VSI_VLAN_MODE_ALL
bit to allow the driver to add a VLAN tag to all packets it sends.
Signed-off-by: Brett Creeley <brett.creeley@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Tony Brelinski <tonyx.brelinski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently, we use a combination of ilog2 and is_power_of_2() to
calculate the next power of 2 for the qcount. This appears to be causing
a warning on some combinations of GCC and the Linux kernel:
MODPOST 1 modules
WARNING: "____ilog2_NaN" [ice.ko] undefined!
This appears to because because GCC realizes that qcount could be zero
in some circumstances and thus attempts to link against the
intentionally undefined ___ilog2_NaN function.
The order_base_2 function is intentionally defined to return 0 when
passed 0 as an argument, and thus will be safe to use here.
This not only fixes the warning but makes the resulting code slightly
cleaner, and is really what we should have used originally.
Also update the comment to make it more clear that we are rounding up,
not just incrementing the ilog2 of qcount unconditionally.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Tony Brelinski <tonyx.brelinski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch is a consolidation of multiple bug fixes for control queue
processing.
1) In ice_clean_adminq_subtask() remove unnecessary reads/writes to
registers. The bits PFINT_FW_CTL, PFINT_MBX_CTL and PFINT_SB_CTL
are not set when an interrupt arrives, which means that clearing them
again can be omitted.
2) Get an accurate value in "pending" by re-reading the control queue
head register from the hardware.
3) Fix a corner case involving lost control queue messages by checking
for new control messages (using ice_ctrlq_pending) before exiting the
cleanup routine.
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Tony Brelinski <tonyx.brelinski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Clean control queues only when they are initialized. One of the ways to
validate if the basic initialization is done is by checking value of
cq->sq.head and cq->rq.head variables that specify the register address.
This patch adds a check to avoid NULL pointer dereference crash when tried
to shutdown uninitialized control queue.
Signed-off-by: Preethi Banala <preethi.banala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Tony Brelinski <tonyx.brelinski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
It is not safe to have the string table for statistics change order or
size over the lifetime of a given netdevice. This is because of the
nature of the 3-step process for obtaining stats. First, user space
performs a request for the size of the strings table. Second it performs
a separate request for the strings themselves, after allocating space
for the table. Third, it requests the stats themselves, also allocating
space for the table.
If the size decreased, there is potential to see garbage data or stats
values. In the worst case, we could potentially see stats values become
mis-aligned with their strings, so that it looks like a statistic is
being reported differently than it actually is.
Even worse, if the size increased, there is potential that the strings
table or stats table was not allocated large enough and the stats code
could access and write to memory it should not, potentially resulting in
undefined behavior and system crashes.
It isn't even safe if the size always changes under the RTNL lock. This
is because the calls take place over multiple user space commands, so it
is not possible to hold the RTNL lock for the entire duration of
obtaining strings and stats. Further, not all consumers of the ethtool
API are the user space ethtool program, and it is possible that one
assumes the strings will not change (valid under the current contract),
and thus only requests the stats values when requesting stats in a loop.
Finally, it's not possible in the general case to detect when the size
changes, because it is quite possible that one value which could impact
the stat size increased, while another decreased. This would result in
the same total number of stats, but reordering them so that stats no
longer line up with the strings they belong to. Since only size changes
aren't enough, we would need some sort of hash or token to determine
when the strings no longer match. This would require extending the
ethtool stats commands, but there is no more space in the relevant
structures.
The real solution to resolve this would be to add a completely new API
for stats, probably over netlink.
In the ice driver, the only thing impacting the stats that is not
constant is the number of queues. Instead of reporting stats for each
used queue, report stats for each allocated queue. We do not change the
number of queues allocated for a given netdevice, as we pass this into
the alloc_etherdev_mq() function to set the num_tx_queues and
num_rx_queues.
This resolves the potential bugs at the slight cost of displaying many
queue statistics which will not be activated.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Tony Brelinski <tonyx.brelinski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use define for the unit size shift of the Rx LAN context descriptor base
address instead of the magic number 7.
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Tony Brelinski <tonyx.brelinski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There is already a check for owner == ICE_SCHED_NODE_OWNER_LAN at the
beginning of ice_sched_update_vsi_child_nodes. Remove the additional
check to address the static analysis tool smatch issue "warn: we tested
'owner' before and it was 'false'".
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Tony Brelinski <tonyx.brelinski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes the following smatch errors:
1) Fix "odd binop '0x0 & 0xc'" when performing the bitwise-and with a
constant value of zero (ICE_AQC_GSET_RSS_LUT_TABLE_SIZE_128_FLAG).
Remove a similar bitwise-and with 0 in ice_add_marker_act() and use the
right mask ICE_LG_ACT_GENERIC_OFFSET_M in the expression.
2) Fix a similar issue "odd binop '0x0 & 0x1800' in ice_req_irq_msix_misc.
3) Fix "odd binop '0x380000 & 0x7fff8'" in ice_add_marker_act(). Also, use
a new define ICE_LG_ACT_GENERIC_OFF_RX_DESC_PROF_IDX instead of magic
number '7'.
4) Fix warn: odd binop '0x0 & 0x18' in ice_set_dflt_vsi_ctx() by removing
unnecessary logic to explicitly unset bits 3 and 4 in port_vlan_bits.
These bits are unset already by the memset on ctxt->info.
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Tony Brelinski <tonyx.brelinski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
'truesize' is supposed to be u32, not int, so fix it.
Signed-off-by: Huazhong tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When enable the config item "CONFIG_ARM64_64K_PAGES", the size of
PAGE_SIZE is 65536(64K). But the type of page_offset is u16, it will
overflow. So change it to u32, when "CONFIG_ARM64_64K_PAGES" enabled.
Fixes: 76ad4f0ee7 ("net: hns3: Add support of HNS3 Ethernet Driver for hip08 SoC")
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update hns to drop the hns_nic_get_headlen function in favour of
eth_get_headlen, and hence also removes now redundant hns_nic_get_headlen.
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb->truesize is not meant to be tracking amount of used bytes in a skb,
but amount of reserved/consumed bytes in memory.
For instance, if we use a single byte in last page fragment, we have to
account the full size of the fragment.
So skb_add_rx_frag needs to calculate the length of the entire buffer into
turesize.
Fixes: 9cbe9fd521 ("net: hns: optimize XGE capability by reducing cpu usage")
Signed-off-by: Huazhong tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
'truesize' is supposed to be u32, not int, so fix it.
Signed-off-by: Huazhong tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When enable the config item "CONFIG_ARM64_64K_PAGES", the size of PAGE_SIZE
is 65536(64K). But the type of length and page_offset are u16, they will
overflow. So change them to u32.
Fixes: 6fe6611ff2 ("net: add Hisilicon Network Subsystem hnae framework support")
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang <wsa+renesas@sang-engineering.com>
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <horms+renesas@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit 90b73b77d0, list_head is no longer needed.
Now we just need to convert the list iteration to array
iteration for drivers.
Fixes: 90b73b77d0 ("net: sched: change action API to use array of pointers to actions")
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Keep sending mailbox commands to the MFW when it is not responsive ends up
with a redundant amount of timeout expiries.
This patch prints the MCP status on the first command which is not
responded, and blocks the following commands.
Since the (un)load request commands might be not responded due to other
PFs, the patch also adds the option to skip the blocking upon a failure.
Signed-off-by: Tomer Tayar <Tomer.Tayar@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The MFW manages an internal lock to prevent concurrent hardware
(de)initialization of different PFs.
This, together with the busy-waiting for the MFW's responses for commands,
might lead to a deadlock during concurrent load or unload of PFs.
This patch adds the option to sleep within the busy-waiting, and uses it
for the (un)load requests (which are not sent from an interrupt context) to
prevent the possible deadlock.
Signed-off-by: Tomer Tayar <Tomer.Tayar@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Successive iterations of halting and resuming the management chip (MCP)
might fail, since currently the driver doesn't wait for these operations to
actually take place.
This patch prevents the driver from moving forward before the operations
are reflected in the state register.
Signed-off-by: Tomer Tayar <Tomer.Tayar@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The MFW might be reset and re-update its shared memory.
Upon the detection of such a reset the driver rereads this memory, but it
has to wait till the data is valid.
This patch adds the missing wait for a data ready indication.
Signed-off-by: Tomer Tayar <Tomer.Tayar@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix races in IPVS, from Tan Hu.
2) Missing unbind in matchall classifier, from Hangbin Liu.
3) Missing act_ife action release, from Vlad Buslov.
4) Cure lockdep splats in ila, from Cong Wang.
5) veth queue leak on link delete, from Toshiaki Makita.
6) Disable isdn's IIOCDBGVAR ioctl, it exposes kernel addresses. From
Kees Cook.
7) RCU usage fixup in XDP, from Tariq Toukan.
8) Two TCP ULP fixes from Daniel Borkmann.
9) r8169 needs REALTEK_PHY as a Kconfig dependency, from Heiner
Kallweit.
10) Always take tcf_lock with BH disabled, otherwise we can deadlock
with rate estimator code paths. From Vlad Buslov.
11) Don't use MSI-X on RTL8106e r8169 chips, they don't resume properly.
From Jian-Hong Pan.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (41 commits)
ip6_vti: fix creating fallback tunnel device for vti6
ip_vti: fix a null pointer deferrence when create vti fallback tunnel
r8169: don't use MSI-X on RTL8106e
net: lan743x_ptp: convert to ktime_get_clocktai_ts64
net: sched: always disable bh when taking tcf_lock
ip6_vti: simplify stats handling in vti6_xmit
bpf: fix redirect to map under tail calls
r8169: add missing Kconfig dependency
tools/bpf: fix bpf selftest test_cgroup_storage failure
bpf, sockmap: fix sock_map_ctx_update_elem race with exist/noexist
bpf, sockmap: fix map elem deletion race with smap_stop_sock
bpf, sockmap: fix leakage of smap_psock_map_entry
tcp, ulp: fix leftover icsk_ulp_ops preventing sock from reattach
tcp, ulp: add alias for all ulp modules
bpf: fix a rcu usage warning in bpf_prog_array_copy_core()
samples/bpf: all XDP samples should unload xdp/bpf prog on SIGTERM
net/xdp: Fix suspicious RCU usage warning
net/mlx5e: Delete unneeded function argument
Documentation: networking: ti-cpsw: correct cbs parameters for Eth1 100Mb
isdn: Disable IIOCDBGVAR
...
Found the ethernet network on ASUS X441UAR doesn't come back on resume
from suspend when using MSI-X. The chip is RTL8106e - version 39.
[ 21.848357] libphy: r8169: probed
[ 21.848473] r8169 0000:02:00.0 eth0: RTL8106e, 0c:9d:92:32:67:b4, XID
44900000, IRQ 127
[ 22.518860] r8169 0000:02:00.0 enp2s0: renamed from eth0
[ 29.458041] Generic PHY r8169-200:00: attached PHY driver [Generic
PHY] (mii_bus:phy_addr=r8169-200:00, irq=IGNORE)
[ 63.227398] r8169 0000:02:00.0 enp2s0: Link is Up - 100Mbps/Full -
flow control off
[ 124.514648] Generic PHY r8169-200:00: attached PHY driver [Generic
PHY] (mii_bus:phy_addr=r8169-200:00, irq=IGNORE)
Here is the ethernet controller in detail:
02:00.0 Ethernet controller [0200]: Realtek Semiconductor Co., Ltd.
RTL8101/2/6E PCI Express Fast/Gigabit Ethernet controller [10ec:8136]
(rev 07)
Subsystem: ASUSTeK Computer Inc. RTL810xE PCI Express Fast
Ethernet controller [1043:200f]
Flags: bus master, fast devsel, latency 0, IRQ 16
I/O ports at e000 [size=256]
Memory at ef100000 (64-bit, non-prefetchable) [size=4K]
Memory at e0000000 (64-bit, prefetchable) [size=16K]
Capabilities: <access denied>
Kernel driver in use: r8169
Kernel modules: r8169
Falling back to MSI fixes the issue.
Fixes: 6c6aa15fde ("r8169: improve interrupt handling")
Signed-off-by: Jian-Hong Pan <jian-hong@endlessm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
timekeeping_clocktai64() has been renamed to ktime_get_clocktai_ts64()
for consistency with the other ktime_get_* access functions.
Rename the new caller that has come up as well.
Question: this is the only ptp driver that sets the hardware time
to the current system time in TAI. Why does it do that?
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Here is the bit set of char/misc drivers for 4.19-rc1
There is a lot here, much more than normal, seems like everyone is
writing new driver subsystems these days... Anyway, major things here
are:
- new FSI driver subsystem, yet-another-powerpc low-level
hardware bus
- gnss, finally an in-kernel GPS subsystem to try to tame all of
the crazy out-of-tree drivers that have been floating around
for years, combined with some really hacky userspace
implementations. This is only for GNSS receivers, but you
have to start somewhere, and this is great to see.
Other than that, there are new slimbus drivers, new coresight drivers,
new fpga drivers, and loads of DT bindings for all of these and existing
drivers.
Full details of everything is in the shortlog.
All of these have been in linux-next for a while with no reported
issues.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iG0EABECAC0WIQT0tgzFv3jCIUoxPcsxR9QN2y37KQUCW3g7ew8cZ3JlZ0Brcm9h
aC5jb20ACgkQMUfUDdst+ykfBgCeOG0RkSI92XVZe0hs/QYFW9kk8JYAnRBf3Qpm
cvW7a+McOoKz/MGmEKsi
=TNfn
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'char-misc-4.19-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/char-misc
Pull char/misc driver updates from Greg KH:
"Here is the bit set of char/misc drivers for 4.19-rc1
There is a lot here, much more than normal, seems like everyone is
writing new driver subsystems these days... Anyway, major things here
are:
- new FSI driver subsystem, yet-another-powerpc low-level hardware
bus
- gnss, finally an in-kernel GPS subsystem to try to tame all of the
crazy out-of-tree drivers that have been floating around for years,
combined with some really hacky userspace implementations. This is
only for GNSS receivers, but you have to start somewhere, and this
is great to see.
Other than that, there are new slimbus drivers, new coresight drivers,
new fpga drivers, and loads of DT bindings for all of these and
existing drivers.
All of these have been in linux-next for a while with no reported
issues"
* tag 'char-misc-4.19-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/char-misc: (255 commits)
android: binder: Rate-limit debug and userspace triggered err msgs
fsi: sbefifo: Bump max command length
fsi: scom: Fix NULL dereference
misc: mic: SCIF Fix scif_get_new_port() error handling
misc: cxl: changed asterisk position
genwqe: card_base: Use true and false for boolean values
misc: eeprom: assignment outside the if statement
uio: potential double frees if __uio_register_device() fails
eeprom: idt_89hpesx: clean up an error pointer vs NULL inconsistency
misc: ti-st: Fix memory leak in the error path of probe()
android: binder: Show extra_buffers_size in trace
firmware: vpd: Fix section enabled flag on vpd_section_destroy
platform: goldfish: Retire pdev_bus
goldfish: Use dedicated macros instead of manual bit shifting
goldfish: Add missing includes to goldfish.h
mux: adgs1408: new driver for Analog Devices ADGS1408/1409 mux
dt-bindings: mux: add adi,adgs1408
Drivers: hv: vmbus: Cleanup synic memory free path
Drivers: hv: vmbus: Remove use of slow_virt_to_phys()
Drivers: hv: vmbus: Reset the channel callback in vmbus_onoffer_rescind()
...
Now that we switched the r8169 driver to use phylib, there's a
dependency on the Realtek PHY drivers. This dependency was missing
in Kconfig.
Reported-by: Jouni Mettälä <jtmettala@gmail.com>
Fixes: f1e911d5d0 ("r8169: add basic phylib support")
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rdma.git merge resolution for the 4.19 merge window
Conflicts:
drivers/infiniband/core/rdma_core.c
- Use the rdma code and revise with the new spelling for
atomic_fetch_add_unless
drivers/nvme/host/rdma.c
- Replace max_sge with max_send_sge in new blk code
drivers/nvme/target/rdma.c
- Use the blk code and revise to use NULL for ib_post_recv when
appropriate
- Replace max_sge with max_recv_sge in new blk code
net/rds/ib_send.c
- Use the net code and revise to use NULL for ib_post_recv when
appropriate
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
priv argument is not used by the function, delete it.
Fixes: a89842811e ("net/mlx5e: Merge per priority stats groups")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Shaia <yuval.shaia@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQFSBAABCAA8FiEEq68RxlopcLEwq+PEeb4+QwBBGIYFAltwm2geHHRvcnZhbGRz
QGxpbnV4LWZvdW5kYXRpb24ub3JnAAoJEHm+PkMAQRiGITkH/iSzkVhT2OxHoir0
mLVzTi7/Z17L0e/ELl7TvAC0iLFlWZKdlGR0g3b4/QpXLPmNK4HxiDRTQuWn8ke0
qDZyDq89HqLt+mpeFZ43PCd9oqV8CH2xxK3iCWReqv6bNnowGnRpSStlks4rDqWn
zURC/5sUh7TzEG4s997RrrpnyPeQWUlf/Mhtzg2/WvK2btoLWgu5qzjX1uFh3s7u
vaF2NXVJ3X03gPktyxZzwtO1SwLFS1jhwUXWBZ5AnoJ99ywkghQnkqS/2YpekNTm
wFk80/78sU+d91aAqO8kkhHj8VRrd+9SGnZ4mB2aZHwjZjGcics4RRtxukSfOQ+6
L47IdXo=
=sJkt
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'v4.18' into rdma.git for-next
Resolve merge conflicts from the -rc cycle against the rdma.git tree:
Conflicts:
drivers/infiniband/core/uverbs_cmd.c
- New ifs added to ib_uverbs_ex_create_flow in -rc and for-next
- Merge removal of file->ucontext in for-next with new code in -rc
drivers/infiniband/core/uverbs_main.c
- for-next removed code from ib_uverbs_write() that was modified
in for-rc
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=2Dmn
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'pci-v4.19-changes' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/helgaas/pci
Pull pci updates from Bjorn Helgaas:
- Decode AER errors with names similar to "lspci" (Tyler Baicar)
- Expose AER statistics in sysfs (Rajat Jain)
- Clear AER status bits selectively based on the type of recovery (Oza
Pawandeep)
- Honor "pcie_ports=native" even if HEST sets FIRMWARE_FIRST (Alexandru
Gagniuc)
- Don't clear AER status bits if we're using the "Firmware-First"
strategy where firmware owns the registers (Alexandru Gagniuc)
- Use sysfs_match_string() to simplify ASPM sysfs parsing (Andy
Shevchenko)
- Remove unnecessary includes of <linux/pci-aspm.h> (Bjorn Helgaas)
- Defer DPC event handling to work queue (Keith Busch)
- Use threaded IRQ for DPC bottom half (Keith Busch)
- Print AER status while handling DPC events (Keith Busch)
- Work around IDT switch ACS Source Validation erratum (James
Puthukattukaran)
- Emit diagnostics for all cases of PCIe Link downtraining (Links
operating slower than they're capable of) (Alexandru Gagniuc)
- Skip VFs when configuring Max Payload Size (Myron Stowe)
- Reduce Root Port Max Payload Size if necessary when hot-adding a
device below it (Myron Stowe)
- Simplify SHPC existence/permission checks (Bjorn Helgaas)
- Remove hotplug sample skeleton driver (Lukas Wunner)
- Convert pciehp to threaded IRQ handling (Lukas Wunner)
- Improve pciehp tolerance of missed events and initially unstable
links (Lukas Wunner)
- Clear spurious pciehp events on resume (Lukas Wunner)
- Add pciehp runtime PM support, including for Thunderbolt controllers
(Lukas Wunner)
- Support interrupts from pciehp bridges in D3hot (Lukas Wunner)
- Mark fall-through switch cases before enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough
(Gustavo A. R. Silva)
- Move DMA-debug PCI init from arch code to PCI core (Christoph
Hellwig)
- Fix pci_request_irq() usage of IRQF_ONESHOT when no handler is
supplied (Heiner Kallweit)
- Unify PCI and DMA direction #defines (Shunyong Yang)
- Add PCI_DEVICE_DATA() macro (Andy Shevchenko)
- Check for VPD completion before checking for timeout (Bert Kenward)
- Limit Netronome NFP5000 config space size to work around erratum
(Jakub Kicinski)
- Set IRQCHIP_ONESHOT_SAFE for PCI MSI irqchips (Heiner Kallweit)
- Document ACPI description of PCI host bridges (Bjorn Helgaas)
- Add "pci=disable_acs_redir=" parameter to disable ACS redirection for
peer-to-peer DMA support (we don't have the peer-to-peer support yet;
this is just one piece) (Logan Gunthorpe)
- Clean up devm_of_pci_get_host_bridge_resources() resource allocation
(Jan Kiszka)
- Fixup resizable BARs after suspend/resume (Christian König)
- Make "pci=earlydump" generic (Sinan Kaya)
- Fix ROM BAR access routines to stay in bounds and check for signature
correctly (Rex Zhu)
- Add DMA alias quirk for Microsemi Switchtec NTB (Doug Meyer)
- Expand documentation for pci_add_dma_alias() (Logan Gunthorpe)
- To avoid bus errors, enable PASID only if entire path supports
End-End TLP prefixes (Sinan Kaya)
- Unify slot and bus reset functions and remove hotplug knowledge from
callers (Sinan Kaya)
- Add Function-Level Reset quirks for Intel and Samsung NVMe devices to
fix guest reboot issues (Alex Williamson)
- Add function 1 DMA alias quirk for Marvell 88SS9183 PCIe SSD
Controller (Bjorn Helgaas)
- Remove Xilinx AXI-PCIe host bridge arch dependency (Palmer Dabbelt)
- Remove Aardvark outbound window configuration (Evan Wang)
- Fix Aardvark bridge window sizing issue (Zachary Zhang)
- Convert Aardvark to use pci_host_probe() to reduce code duplication
(Thomas Petazzoni)
- Correct the Cadence cdns_pcie_writel() signature (Alan Douglas)
- Add Cadence support for optional generic PHYs (Alan Douglas)
- Add Cadence power management ops (Alan Douglas)
- Remove redundant variable from Cadence driver (Colin Ian King)
- Add Kirin MSI support (Xiaowei Song)
- Drop unnecessary root_bus_nr setting from exynos, imx6, keystone,
armada8k, artpec6, designware-plat, histb, qcom, spear13xx (Shawn
Guo)
- Move link notification settings from DesignWare core to individual
drivers (Gustavo Pimentel)
- Add endpoint library MSI-X interfaces (Gustavo Pimentel)
- Correct signature of endpoint library IRQ interfaces (Gustavo
Pimentel)
- Add DesignWare endpoint library MSI-X callbacks (Gustavo Pimentel)
- Add endpoint library MSI-X test support (Gustavo Pimentel)
- Remove unnecessary GFP_ATOMIC from Hyper-V "new child" allocation
(Jia-Ju Bai)
- Add more devices to Broadcom PAXC quirk (Ray Jui)
- Work around corrupted Broadcom PAXC config space to enable SMMU and
GICv3 ITS (Ray Jui)
- Disable MSI parsing to work around broken Broadcom PAXC logic in some
devices (Ray Jui)
- Hide unconfigured functions to work around a Broadcom PAXC defect
(Ray Jui)
- Lower iproc log level to reduce console output during boot (Ray Jui)
- Fix mobiveil iomem/phys_addr_t type usage (Lorenzo Pieralisi)
- Fix mobiveil missing include file (Lorenzo Pieralisi)
- Add mobiveil Kconfig/Makefile support (Lorenzo Pieralisi)
- Fix mvebu I/O space remapping issues (Thomas Petazzoni)
- Use generic pci_host_bridge in mvebu instead of ARM-specific API
(Thomas Petazzoni)
- Whitelist VMD devices with fast interrupt handlers to avoid sharing
vectors with slow handlers (Keith Busch)
* tag 'pci-v4.19-changes' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/helgaas/pci: (153 commits)
PCI/AER: Don't clear AER bits if error handling is Firmware-First
PCI: Limit config space size for Netronome NFP5000
PCI/MSI: Set IRQCHIP_ONESHOT_SAFE for PCI-MSI irqchips
PCI/VPD: Check for VPD access completion before checking for timeout
PCI: Add PCI_DEVICE_DATA() macro to fully describe device ID entry
PCI: Match Root Port's MPS to endpoint's MPSS as necessary
PCI: Skip MPS logic for Virtual Functions (VFs)
PCI: Add function 1 DMA alias quirk for Marvell 88SS9183
PCI: Check for PCIe Link downtraining
PCI: Add ACS Redirect disable quirk for Intel Sunrise Point
PCI: Add device-specific ACS Redirect disable infrastructure
PCI: Convert device-specific ACS quirks from NULL termination to ARRAY_SIZE
PCI: Add "pci=disable_acs_redir=" parameter for peer-to-peer support
PCI: Allow specifying devices using a base bus and path of devfns
PCI: Make specifying PCI devices in kernel parameters reusable
PCI: Hide ACS quirk declarations inside PCI core
PCI: Delay after FLR of Intel DC P3700 NVMe
PCI: Disable Samsung SM961/PM961 NVMe before FLR
PCI: Export pcie_has_flr()
PCI: mvebu: Drop bogus comment above mvebu_pcie_map_registers()
...
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
"Highlights:
- Gustavo A. R. Silva keeps working on the implicit switch fallthru
changes.
- Support 802.11ax High-Efficiency wireless in cfg80211 et al, From
Luca Coelho.
- Re-enable ASPM in r8169, from Kai-Heng Feng.
- Add virtual XFRM interfaces, which avoids all of the limitations of
existing IPSEC tunnels. From Steffen Klassert.
- Convert GRO over to use a hash table, so that when we have many
flows active we don't traverse a long list during accumluation.
- Many new self tests for routing, TC, tunnels, etc. Too many
contributors to mention them all, but I'm really happy to keep
seeing this stuff.
- Hardware timestamping support for dpaa_eth/fsl-fman from Yangbo Lu.
- Lots of cleanups and fixes in L2TP code from Guillaume Nault.
- Add IPSEC offload support to netdevsim, from Shannon Nelson.
- Add support for slotting with non-uniform distribution to netem
packet scheduler, from Yousuk Seung.
- Add UDP GSO support to mlx5e, from Boris Pismenny.
- Support offloading of Team LAG in NFP, from John Hurley.
- Allow to configure TX queue selection based upon RX queue, from
Amritha Nambiar.
- Support ethtool ring size configuration in aquantia, from Anton
Mikaev.
- Support DSCP and flowlabel per-transport in SCTP, from Xin Long.
- Support list based batching and stack traversal of SKBs, this is
very exciting work. From Edward Cree.
- Busyloop optimizations in vhost_net, from Toshiaki Makita.
- Introduce the ETF qdisc, which allows time based transmissions. IGB
can offload this in hardware. From Vinicius Costa Gomes.
- Add parameter support to devlink, from Moshe Shemesh.
- Several multiplication and division optimizations for BPF JIT in
nfp driver, from Jiong Wang.
- Lots of prepatory work to make more of the packet scheduler layer
lockless, when possible, from Vlad Buslov.
- Add ACK filter and NAT awareness to sch_cake packet scheduler, from
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen.
- Support regions and region snapshots in devlink, from Alex Vesker.
- Allow to attach XDP programs to both HW and SW at the same time on
a given device, with initial support in nfp. From Jakub Kicinski.
- Add TLS RX offload and support in mlx5, from Ilya Lesokhin.
- Use PHYLIB in r8169 driver, from Heiner Kallweit.
- All sorts of changes to support Spectrum 2 in mlxsw driver, from
Ido Schimmel.
- PTP support in mv88e6xxx DSA driver, from Andrew Lunn.
- Make TCP_USER_TIMEOUT socket option more accurate, from Jon
Maxwell.
- Support for templates in packet scheduler classifier, from Jiri
Pirko.
- IPV6 support in RDS, from Ka-Cheong Poon.
- Native tproxy support in nf_tables, from Máté Eckl.
- Maintain IP fragment queue in an rbtree, but optimize properly for
in-order frags. From Peter Oskolkov.
- Improvde handling of ACKs on hole repairs, from Yuchung Cheng"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1996 commits)
bpf: test: fix spelling mistake "REUSEEPORT" -> "REUSEPORT"
hv/netvsc: Fix NULL dereference at single queue mode fallback
net: filter: mark expected switch fall-through
xen-netfront: fix warn message as irq device name has '/'
cxgb4: Add new T5 PCI device ids 0x50af and 0x50b0
net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: missing unlock on error path
rds: fix building with IPV6=m
inet/connection_sock: prefer _THIS_IP_ to current_text_addr
net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: bitwise vs logical bug
net: sock_diag: Fix spectre v1 gadget in __sock_diag_cmd()
ieee802154: hwsim: using right kind of iteration
net: hns3: Add vlan filter setting by ethtool command -K
net: hns3: Set tx ring' tc info when netdev is up
net: hns3: Remove tx ring BD len register in hns3_enet
net: hns3: Fix desc num set to default when setting channel
net: hns3: Fix for phy link issue when using marvell phy driver
net: hns3: Fix for information of phydev lost problem when down/up
net: hns3: Fix for command format parsing error in hclge_is_all_function_id_zero
net: hns3: Add support for serdes loopback selftest
bnxt_en: take coredump_record structure off stack
...
- Use sysfs_match_string() to simplify ASPM sysfs parsing (Andy
Shevchenko)
- Remove unnecessary includes of <linux/pci-aspm.h> (Bjorn Helgaas)
* pci/aspm:
PCI: Remove unnecessary include of <linux/pci-aspm.h>
iwlwifi: Remove unnecessary include of <linux/pci-aspm.h>
ath9k: Remove unnecessary include of <linux/pci-aspm.h>
igb: Remove unnecessary include of <linux/pci-aspm.h>
PCI/ASPM: Convert to use sysfs_match_string() helper
- Revert two ACPICA commits that are not needed any more (Erik
Schmauss).
- Rework property graph support in the ACPI device properties
framework to make it behave more like the analogous DT code
and update the documentation of it (Sakari Ailus).
- Change the default ACPI device status after initialization
to ACPI_STA_DEFAULT instead of 0 (Hans de Goede).
- Add a special platform driver for enumerating multiple I2C devices
hooked up to the same object in the ACPI tables (Hans de Goede).
- Fix the ACPI battery driver to avoid reporting full capacity on
systems without support for that and clean it up (Hans de Goede,
Dmitry Rozhkov, Lucas Rangit Magasweran).
- Add two system wakeup quirks to the ACPI EC driver (Aaron Ma,
Mika Westerberg).
- Add the touchscreen on Dell Venue Pro 7139 to the list of "always
present" devices to make it work (Tristian Celestin).
- Revert a special tables handling quirk for Dell XPS 9570 and
Precision M5530 which is not needed any more (Kai Heng Feng).
- Add support for a new OEM _OSI string to allow system vendors to
work around issues with NVidia HDMI audio (Alex Hung).
- Prevent the ACPI button driver from reporting excessive system
wakeup events and clean it up (Ravi Chandra Sadineni, Randy Dunlap).
- Clean up two minor code style issues in the ACPI core and GHES
handling on ARM64 (Dongjiu Geng, John Garry, Tom Todd).
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2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=5mW8
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'acpi-4.19-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rafael/linux-pm
Pull ACPI updates from Rafael Wysocki:
"These revert two ACPICA commits that are not needed any more, rework
the property graphs support in ACPI to be more aligned with the
analogous DT code, add some new quirks and remove one that isn't
needed any more, add a special platform driver to enumerate multiple
I2C devices hooked up to the same device object in the ACPI tables and
update the battery and button drivers.
Specifics:
- Revert two ACPICA commits that are not needed any more (Erik
Schmauss).
- Rework property graph support in the ACPI device properties
framework to make it behave more like the analogous DT code and
update the documentation of it (Sakari Ailus).
- Change the default ACPI device status after initialization to
ACPI_STA_DEFAULT instead of 0 (Hans de Goede).
- Add a special platform driver for enumerating multiple I2C devices
hooked up to the same object in the ACPI tables (Hans de Goede).
- Fix the ACPI battery driver to avoid reporting full capacity on
systems without support for that and clean it up (Hans de Goede,
Dmitry Rozhkov, Lucas Rangit Magasweran).
- Add two system wakeup quirks to the ACPI EC driver (Aaron Ma, Mika
Westerberg).
- Add the touchscreen on Dell Venue Pro 7139 to the list of "always
present" devices to make it work (Tristian Celestin).
- Revert a special tables handling quirk for Dell XPS 9570 and
Precision M5530 which is not needed any more (Kai Heng Feng).
- Add support for a new OEM _OSI string to allow system vendors to
work around issues with NVidia HDMI audio (Alex Hung).
- Prevent the ACPI button driver from reporting excessive system
wakeup events and clean it up (Ravi Chandra Sadineni, Randy
Dunlap).
- Clean up two minor code style issues in the ACPI core and GHES
handling on ARM64 (Dongjiu Geng, John Garry, Tom Todd)"
* tag 'acpi-4.19-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rafael/linux-pm: (34 commits)
platform/x86: Add ACPI i2c-multi-instantiate pseudo driver
ACPI / x86: utils: Remove status workaround from acpi_device_always_present()
ACPI / scan: Create platform device for fwnodes with multiple i2c devices
ACPI / scan: Initialize status to ACPI_STA_DEFAULT
ACPI / EC: Add another entry for Thinkpad X1 Carbon 6th
ACPI: bus: Fix a pointer coding style issue
arm64 / ACPI: clean the additional checks before calling ghes_notify_sea()
ACPI / scan: Add static attribute to indirect_io_hosts[]
ACPI / battery: Do not export energy_full[_design] on devices without full_charge_capacity
ACPI / EC: Use ec_no_wakeup on ThinkPad X1 Yoga 3rd
ACPI / battery: get rid of negations in conditions
ACPI / battery: use specialized print macros
ACPI / battery: reorder headers alphabetically
ACPI / battery: drop inclusion of init.h
ACPI: battery: remove redundant old_present check on insertion
ACPI: property: graph: Update graph documentation to use generic references
ACPI: property: graph: Improve graph documentation for port/ep numbering
ACPI: property: graph: Fix graph documentation
ACPI: property: Update documentation for hierarchical data extension 1.1
ACPI: property: Document key numbering for hierarchical data extension refs
...
Revision(0x20) HW does not support enabling or disabling individual
netdev's HW_VLAN_CTAG_FILTER feature, and Revision(0x21) supports
enabling or disabling individual netdev's HW_VLAN_CTAG_FILTER
feature.
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The HNS3_RING_TX_RING_TC_REG register is used to map tx ring to
specific tc, the tx queue to tc mapping is needed by the hardware
to do the correct tx schedule.
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no HNS3_RING_TX_RING_BD_LEN_REG register according
to UM, so this patch removes it.
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When user set the channel num using "ethtool -L ethX", the desc num
of BD will set to default value, which will cause desc num set by
user lost problem.
This patch fixes it by restoring the desc num set by user when setting
channel num.
Fixes: 09f2af6405 ("net: hns3: add support to modify tqps number")
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For marvell phy m88e1510, bit SUPPORTED_FIBRE of phydev->supported
is default on. Both phy_resume() and phy_suspend() will check the
SUPPORTED_FIBRE bit and write register of fibre page.
Currently in hns3 driver, the SUPPORTED_FIBRE bit will be cleared
after phy_connect_direct() finished. Because phy_resume() is called
in phy_connect_direct(), and phy_suspend() is called when disconnect
phy device, so the operation for fibre page register is not symmetrical.
It will cause phy link issue when reload hns3 driver.
This patch fixes it by disable the SUPPORTED_FIBRE before connecting
phy.
Fixes: 256727da73 ("net: hns3: Add MDIO support to HNS3 Ethernet driver for hip08 SoC")
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Function call of phy_connect_direct will reinitialize phydev. Some
information like advertising will be lost. Phy_connect_direct only
needs to be called once. And driver can run well. This patch adds
some functions to ensure that phy_connect_direct is called only once
to solve the information of phydev lost problem occurring when we stop
the net and open it again.
Fixes: 46a3df9f97 ("net: hns3: Add HNS3 Acceleration Engine & Compatibility Layer Support
Signed-off-by: Fuyun Liang <liangfuyun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
According to the functional specification of hardware, the first
descriptor of response from command 'lookup vlan talbe' is not valid.
Currently, the first descriptor is parsed as normal value, which will
cause an expected error.
This patch fixes this problem by skipping the first descriptor.
Fixes: 46a3df9f97 ("net: hns3: Add HNS3 Acceleration Engine & Compatibility Layer Support")
Signed-off-by: Xi Wang <wangxi11@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for serdes loopback selftest in hns3
driver.
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Merge ACPICA changes and updates of the ACPI device properties
framework for 4.19.
These revert two ACPICA commits that are not needed any more and
modify the properties graph support in ACPI to be more in-line with
the analogous DT code.
* acpica:
ACPICA: Update version to 20180629
ACPICA: Revert "iASL compiler: allow compilation of externals with paths that refer to existing names"
ACPICA: Revert "iASL: change processing of external op namespace nodes for correctness"
* acpi-property:
ACPI: property: graph: Update graph documentation to use generic references
ACPI: property: graph: Improve graph documentation for port/ep numbering
ACPI: property: graph: Fix graph documentation
ACPI: property: Update documentation for hierarchical data extension 1.1
ACPI: property: Document key numbering for hierarchical data extension refs
ACPI: property: Use data node name and reg property for graphs
ACPI: property: Allow direct graph endpoint references
ACPI: property: Make the ACPI graph API private
ACPI: property: Document hierarchical data extension references
ACPI: property: Allow making references to non-device nodes
ACPI: Convert ACPI reference args to generic fwnode reference args
The bnxt_coredump_record structure is very long, causing a warning
about possible stack overflow on 32-bit architectures:
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bnxt/bnxt_ethtool.c: In function 'bnxt_get_coredump':
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bnxt/bnxt_ethtool.c:2989:1: error: the frame size of 1188 bytes is larger than 1024 bytes [-Werror=frame-larger-than=]
I could not see any reason to operate on an on-stack copy of the
structure before copying it back into the caller-provided buffer, which
also simplifies the code here.
Fixes: 6c5657d085 ("bnxt_en: Add support for ethtool get dump.")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only remaining caller of this function is inside of an #ifdef
after another caller got removed. This causes a harmless warning
in some configurations:
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bcmsysport.c:1068:13: error: 'bcm_sysport_resume_from_wol' defined but not used [-Werror=unused-function]
Removing the #ifdef around the PM functions simplifies the code
and avoids the problem but letting the compiler drop the unused
functions silently.
Fixes: 9e85e22713 ("net: systemport: Do not re-configure upon WoL interrupt")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The newly added suspend/resume functions cause a build warning
when CONFIG_PM is disabled:
drivers/net/ethernet/stmicro/stmmac/stmmac_pci.c:324:12: error: 'stmmac_pci_resume' defined but not used [-Werror=unused-function]
drivers/net/ethernet/stmicro/stmmac/stmmac_pci.c:306:12: error: 'stmmac_pci_suspend' defined but not used [-Werror=unused-function]
Mark them as __maybe_unused so gcc can drop them silently.
Fixes: b7d0f08e91 ("net: stmmac: Fix WoL for PCI-based setups")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The utsname()->nodename string may be 64 bytes long, and it gets
copied without the trailing nul byte into the shorter record->system_name,
as gcc now warns:
In file included from include/linux/bitmap.h:9,
from include/linux/ethtool.h:16,
from drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bnxt/bnxt_ethtool.c:13:
In function 'strncpy',
inlined from 'bnxt_fill_coredump_record' at drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bnxt/bnxt_ethtool.c:2863:2:
include/linux/string.h:254:9: error: '__builtin_strncpy' output truncated before terminating nul copying as many bytes from a string as its length [-Werror=stringop-truncation]
Using strlcpy() at least avoids overflowing the destination buffer
and adds proper nul-termination. It may still truncate long names
though, which probably can't be solved here.
Fixes: 6c5657d085 ("bnxt_en: Add support for ethtool get dump.")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Building without CONFIG_PTP_1588_CLOCK results in multiple failures,
this was obviously not well tested:
drivers/net/ethernet/microchip/lan743x_ptp.c: In function 'lan743x_ptp_isr':
drivers/net/ethernet/microchip/lan743x_ptp.c:781:28: error: 'struct lan743x_ptp' has no member named 'ptp_clock'; did you mean 'tx_ts_lock'?
ptp_schedule_worker(ptp->ptp_clock, 0);
^~~~~~~~~
tx_ts_lock
drivers/net/ethernet/microchip/lan743x_ptp.c: In function 'lan743x_ptp_open':
drivers/net/ethernet/microchip/lan743x_ptp.c:879:6: error: unused variable 'ret' [-Werror=unused-variable]
int ret = -ENODEV;
^~~
At top level:
drivers/net/ethernet/microchip/lan743x_ptp.c:63:13: error: 'lan743x_ptp_tx_ts_enqueue_ts' defined but not used [-Werror=unused-function]
static void lan743x_ptp_tx_ts_enqueue_ts(struct lan743x_adapter *adapter,
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
cc1: all warnings being treated as errors
drivers/net/ethernet/microchip/lan743x_ethtool.c: In function 'lan743x_ethtool_get_ts_info':
drivers/net/ethernet/microchip/lan743x_ethtool.c:558:19: error: 'struct lan743x_ptp' has no member named 'ptp_clock'; did you mean 'tx_ts_lock'?
Those #ifdef checks are hard to get right, replace them all with
IS_ENABLED() checks that leave the same code visible to the compiler
but let it optimize out the unused bits based on the configuration.
Fixes: 07624df1c9 ("lan743x: lan743x: Add PTP support")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
lan743x now fails to build when CONFIG_CRC16 is disabled:
drivers/net/ethernet/microchip/lan743x_main.o: In function crc16'
Force it on like all other users do.
Fixes: 4d94282afd ("lan743x: Add power management support")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove 'Return:' information from functions which no longer
return a value. Also update name and return types of nfp_nffw_info
access functions.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The last argument to mlx5_add_flow_rules passes the number of
destinations in the struct pointed to by the dest arg. Change the name
to better reflect this fact.
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
lib/clock.c includes clock related functions which require ptp support.
Thus compile out lib/clock.c and add the needed function stubs in case
kconfig CONFIG_PTP_1588_CLOCK is off.
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
When vxlan is not enabled by kernel, no need to enable it in mlx5.
Compile out lib/vxlan.c if CONFIG_VXLAN is not selected.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Add new mlx5 Kconfig flag to allow selecting accelerated flow steering
support, and compile out en_arfs.c if not selected.
Move arfs declarations and definitions to en/fs.h header file.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Add new mlx5 Kconfig flag to allow selecting ethtool rx nfc support,
and compile out en_fs_ehtool.c if not selected.
Add en/fs.h header file to host all steering declarations and
definitions.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Move ethool rxnfc callback into en_fs_etthool file where they belong.
This will allow us to make many ethtool fs related helper functions
static.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Add support for l4 proto ip field in ethtool flow steering.
Example: Redirect icmpv6 to rx queue #2
ethtool -U eth0 flow-type ip6 l4proto 58 action 2
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Have a parsing function per flow type, that converts from ethtool rx flow
spec to mlx5 flow spec.
Will be useful to add support for ip6 ethtool flow steering in the
next patch.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
- Enable mac_scsi PDMA on PowerBook 500,
- Generic dma_noncoherent_ops conversion,
- Time handling improvements,
- I/O accessor improvements,
- Conversion to MEMBLOCK and NO_BOOTMEM, to bring m68k in line with
other mainstream architectures,
- Miscellaneous fixes and cleanups,
- Defconfig updates.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iIsEABYIADMWIQQ9qaHoIs/1I4cXmEiKwlD9ZEnxcAUCW2rv8BUcZ2VlcnRAbGlu
dXgtbTY4ay5vcmcACgkQisJQ/WRJ8XBRAQD+O3x187pxeICV5LUC4SGtPj3kw07e
wr1NA0hnRqri77MBAPNx96fy0wnQAgMuvIghpEYqX6ha2O4NTxKUmLdxl/QL
=gJGl
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'm68k-for-v4.19-tag1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/geert/linux-m68k
Pull m68k updates from Geert Uytterhoeven:
- Enable mac_scsi PDMA on PowerBook 500
- Generic dma_noncoherent_ops conversion
- Time handling improvements
- I/O accessor improvements
- Conversion to MEMBLOCK and NO_BOOTMEM, to bring m68k in line with
other mainstream architectures
- Miscellaneous fixes and cleanups
- Defconfig updates
* tag 'm68k-for-v4.19-tag1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/geert/linux-m68k:
m68k/defconfig: Update defconfigs for v4.18-rc6
m68k: switch to MEMBLOCK + NO_BOOTMEM
m68k/page_no.h: force __va argument to be unsigned long
m68k/bitops: convert __ffs to match generic declaration
m68k/io: Switch mmu variant to <asm-generic/io.h>
m68k/io: Move mem*io define guards to <asm/kmap.h>
Input: hilkbd - Add casts to HP9000/300 I/O accessors
net: mac8390: Use standard memcpy_{from,to}io()
m68k/io: Add missing ioremap define guards, fix typo
m68k: Remove unused set_clock_mmss() helpers
m68k: mac: Use time64_t in RTC handling
m68k: Use generic dma_noncoherent_ops
nubus: Set default dma mask for nubus_board devices
m68k/mac: Enable PDMA for PowerBook 500 series
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/lio_ethtool.c: In function 'lio_set_link_ksettings':
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/lio_ethtool.c:392:6: warning:
variable 'is25G' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4/cxgb4_main.c: In function 'print_port_info':
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4/cxgb4_main.c:5147:14: warning:
variable 'spd' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
variable 'spd' is set but not used since
commit 547fd27241 ("cxgb4: Warn if device doesn't have enough PCI bandwidth")
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There have been two reports that network doesn't come back on resume
from suspend when using MSI-X. Both cases affect the same chip version
(RTL8168g - version 40), on different systems. Falling back to MSI
fixes the issue.
Even though we don't really have a proof yet that the network chip
version is to blame, let's disable MSI-X for this version.
Reported-by: Steve Dodd <steved424@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Lou Reed <gogen@disroot.org>
Tested-by: Steve Dodd <steved424@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Lou Reed <gogen@disroot.org>
Fixes: 6c6aa15fde ("r8169: improve interrupt handling")
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't store skb in app4 field of descriptor since it is
not being used anywhere (including hardware).
Signed-off-by: Moritz Fischer <mdf@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do not zero application specific fields in DMA descriptors.
The hardware does ignore them, so should software.
Signed-off-by: Moritz Fischer <mdf@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Increasing descriptors to 256 from 128 and adjusting the NAPI weight
to 64 increases performace on Rx by ~20% on 64byte packets
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MMIO reads for remaining packets in queue occur (at least)twice per
invocation of netsec_process_rx(). We can use the packet descriptor to
identify if it's owned by the hardware and break out, avoiding the more
expensive MMIO read operations. This has a ~2% increase on the pps of the
Rx path when tested with 64byte packets
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/neterion/vxge/vxge-config.c:1097:6: warning:
variable 'ret' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
drivers/net/ethernet/neterion/vxge/vxge-config.c:2263:6: warning:
variable 'req_out' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
drivers/net/ethernet/neterion/vxge/vxge-config.c:2262:22: warning:
variable 'status' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
drivers/net/ethernet/neterion/vxge/vxge-config.c:2360:22: warning:
variable 'status' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
enum vxge_hw_status status = VXGE_HW_OK;
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PTP support includes:
Ingress, and egress timestamping.
One step timestamping available.
PTP clock support.
Periodic output support.
Signed-off-by: Bryan Whitehead <Bryan.Whitehead@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's exclusive with normal behaviour but if try to set vlan to one of
the reserved values is made, the cpsw runtime pm is broken.
Fixes: a6c5d14f51 ("drivers: net: cpsw: ndev: fix accessing to suspended device")
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In cases if some of the entries were not found in forwarding table
while killing vlan, the rest not needed entries still left in the
table. No need to stop, as entry was deleted anyway. So fix this by
returning error only after all was cleaned. To implement this, return
-ENOENT in cpsw_ale_del_mcast() as it's supposed to be.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes following smatch warnings:
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bnxt/bnxt_ethtool.c:2826 bnxt_fill_coredump_seg_hdr() error: strcpy() '"sEgM"' too large for 'seg_hdr->signature' (5 vs 4)
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bnxt/bnxt_ethtool.c:2858 bnxt_fill_coredump_record() error: strcpy() '"cOrE"' too large for 'record->signature' (5 vs 4)
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bnxt/bnxt_ethtool.c:2879 bnxt_fill_coredump_record() error: strcpy() 'utsname()->sysname' too large for 'record->os_name' (65 vs 32)
Fixes: 6c5657d085 ("bnxt_en: Add support for ethtool get dump.")
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add LED identification support for liquidio TP copperhead cards.
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@cavium.com>
Acked-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: 5e7baf0fcb ("qed/qede: Multi CoS support.")
Signed-off-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function mlxsw_core_driver_put only traverse mlxsw_core_driver_list
to find the matched mlxsw_driver,but never used it.
So it can be removed safely.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mvneta Ethernet driver is used on a few different Marvell SoCs.
Some SoCs have per cpu interrupts for Ethernet events, the driver uses
a per CPU napi structure for this case. Some SoCs such as armada 3700
have a single interrupt for Ethernet events, the driver uses a global
napi structure for this case.
Current mvneta_config_rss() always operates the per cpu napi structure.
Fix it by operating a global napi for "single interrupt" case, and per
cpu napi structure for remaining cases.
Signed-off-by: Jisheng Zhang <Jisheng.Zhang@synaptics.com>
Fixes: 2636ac3cc2 ("net: mvneta: Add network support for Armada 3700 SoC")
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We don't have to configure the max jumbo frame size per chip
(sub-)version. It can be easily determined based on the chip family.
And new members of the RTL8168 family (if there are any) should be
automatically covered.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We don't have to configure the csum function per chip (sub-)version.
The distinction is simple, versions RTL8102e and from RTL8168c onwards
support csum_v2.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Simplify the interrupt handler a little and make it better readable.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The asm headers shouldn't be included directly. asm/irq.h is
implicitly included by linux/interrupt.h, and instead of
asm/io.h include linux/io.h.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The version number hasn't changed for ages and in general I doubt it
provides any benefit. The message in rtl_init_one() may even be
misleading because it's printed also if something fails in probe.
Therefore let's remove the version information.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
display Data Center bridging information in debug
fs.
Signed-off-by: Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Array pci_speed is defined but is never used hence it is redundant
and can be removed.
Cleans up clang warning:
warning: 'pci_speed' defined but not used [-Wunused-const-variable=]
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Arrays mlxsw_i2c_driver_name and mlxsw_pci_driver_name are defined
but never used hence they are redundant and can be removed.
Cleans up clang warnings:
warning: 'mlxsw_i2c_driver_name' defined but not used
warning: 'mlxsw_pci_driver_name' defined but not used
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change t4fw_version.h to update latest firmware version
number to 1.20.8.0.
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Array msi_tgt_status is defined but never used, hence it is
redundant and can be removed.
Cleans up clang warning:
warning: 'msi_tgt_status' defined but not used [-Wunused-const-variable=]
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix ptr_ret.cocci warnings:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw/spectrum_flower.c:543:1-3: WARNING: PTR_ERR_OR_ZERO can be used
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add flags to enable/disable supported chips in be2net.
With disable support are removed coresponding PCI IDs and
also codepaths with [BE2|BE3|BEx|lancer|skyhawk]_chip checks.
Disable chip will reduce module size by:
BE2 ~2kb
BE3 ~3kb
Lancer ~10kb
Skyhawk ~9kb
When enable skyhawk only it will reduce module size by ~20kb
New help style in Kconfig
Reviewed-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Oros <poros@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The main motive of this patch is to lay down driver's
tc offload infrastructure in place.
With these changes tc can offload various supported flow
profiles (4 tuples, src-ip, dst-ip, l4 port) for the drop
action. Dropped flows statistic is a global counter for
all the offloaded flows for drop action and is populated
in ethtool statistics as common "gft_filter_drop".
Examples -
tc qdisc add dev p4p1 ingress
tc filter add dev p4p1 protocol ipv4 parent ffff: flower \
skip_sw ip_proto tcp dst_ip 192.168.40.200 action drop
tc filter add dev p4p1 protocol ipv4 parent ffff: flower \
skip_sw ip_proto udp src_ip 192.168.40.100 action drop
tc filter add dev p4p1 protocol ipv4 parent ffff: flower \
skip_sw ip_proto tcp src_ip 192.168.40.100 dst_ip 192.168.40.200 \
src_port 453 dst_port 876 action drop
tc filter add dev p4p1 protocol ipv4 parent ffff: flower \
skip_sw ip_proto tcp dst_port 98 action drop
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for dropping and redirecting
the flows based on destination IP in the packet.
This also moves the profile mode settings in their own
functions which can be used through tc flows in successive
patch.
For example -
ethtool -N p5p1 flow-type tcp4 dst-ip 192.168.40.100 action -1
ethtool -N p5p1 flow-type udp4 dst-ip 192.168.50.100 action 1
ethtool -N p5p1 flow-type tcp4 dst-ip 192.168.60.100 action 0x100000000
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for tc mqprio offload,
using this different traffic classes on the adapter
can be utilized based on configured priority to tc map.
For example -
tc qdisc add dev eth0 root mqprio num_tc 4 map 0 1 2 3
This will cause SKBs with priority 0,1,2,3 to transmit
over tc 0,1,2,3 hardware queues respectively.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the bindings parsing for XGMAC2 IP block.
Signed-off-by: Jose Abreu <joabreu@synopsys.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Joao Pinto <jpinto@synopsys.com>
Cc: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we have all the XGMAC related callbacks, lets start integrating
this IP block into main driver.
Also, we corrected the initialization flow to only start DMA after
setting descriptors length.
Signed-off-by: Jose Abreu <joabreu@synopsys.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Joao Pinto <jpinto@synopsys.com>
Cc: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Cc: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
XGMAC2 uses the same engine of timestamping as GMAC4. Let's use the same
callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Jose Abreu <joabreu@synopsys.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Joao Pinto <jpinto@synopsys.com>
Cc: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the MDIO related funcionalities for the new IP block XGMAC2.
Signed-off-by: Jose Abreu <joabreu@synopsys.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Joao Pinto <jpinto@synopsys.com>
Cc: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Cc: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the descriptor related callbacks for the new IP block XGMAC2.
Signed-off-by: Jose Abreu <joabreu@synopsys.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Joao Pinto <jpinto@synopsys.com>
Cc: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the DMA related callbacks for the new IP block XGMAC2.
Signed-off-by: Jose Abreu <joabreu@synopsys.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Joao Pinto <jpinto@synopsys.com>
Cc: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the MAC related callbacks for the new IP block XGMAC2.
Signed-off-by: Jose Abreu <joabreu@synopsys.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Joao Pinto <jpinto@synopsys.com>
Cc: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new entry to HWIF table for XGMAC 2.10. For now we fill it with
empty callbacks which will be added in posterior patches.
Signed-off-by: Jose Abreu <joabreu@synopsys.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Joao Pinto <jpinto@synopsys.com>
Cc: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before MC-aware mode was enabled in commit 7b81953066 ("mlxsw:
spectrum: Configure MC-aware mode on mlxsw ports"), only 8 traffic
classes were used. Under MC-aware regime, however, besides using TCs
0-7 for UC traffic, it additionally uses TCs 8-15 for BUM traffic. It
is therefore desirable to show counters for these TCs as well.
Update ethtool stats pool length, mlxsw_sp_port_get_strings() and
mlxsw_sp_port_get_stats() to include artifacts for all 16 TCs. For
consistency and simplicity, expose tc_no_buffer_discard_uc_tc for BUM
TCs as well, even though it ought to stay at 0 all the time.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function mlxsw_sp_port_get_sset_count() is supposed to return the
total number of ethtool strings that mlxsw supports. Specifically for
names of statistic counters (the only string type that mlxsw supports
as of now), that number is stored in MLXSW_SP_PORT_ETHTOOL_STATS_LEN.
However, when adding RFC-2891 counters, that define wasn't updated to
include the new counters. As a result, ethtool snips out the counters
towards the end of the list, which contains per-TC counters, and only
the first three traffic classes end up being reported.
Fix by adding MLXSW_SP_PORT_HW_RFC_2819_STATS_LEN as appropriate.
Fixes: 1222d15a01 ("mlxsw: spectrum: Expose counters for various packet sizes")
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Recent FW fixes a bug and allows to load newly flashed FW image after
reset. So make sure the reset happens after flash. Indicate the need
down to PCI layer by -EAGAIN.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This new firmware contains:
- Support for new types of cables
- Support for flashing future firmware without reboot
- Support for Router ARP BC and UC traps
Signed-off-by: Nir Dotan <nird@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As recent spectrum FW imposes a limitation on using vlan_id key for
egress ACL, disallow the usage of that key accordingly and return a
proper extack message.
Signed-off-by: Nir Dotan <nird@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use cond_resched() instead of usleep_range() to decrease the time
between polling attempts thus reducing overall driver load time.
Below is a comparison before and after the change, of loading eight
virtual functions.
Before:
real 0m8.785s
user 0m0.093s
sys 0m0.090s
After:
real 0m5.730s
user 0m0.097s
sys 0m0.087s
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mlx5_query_vport_state() and mlx5_modify_vport_admin_state() are used
only from within mlx5_core - unexport them.
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mlx5_query_vport_admin_state() is not used anywhere. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove unused nvports argument.
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Modify and query vport state commands share the same admin_state and
op_mod values, rename the enums to fit them both.
In addition, remove the esw prefix from the admin state enum as this
also applied for vnic.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
New firmware has defined new HCA capability field called "max_num_eqs",
that is the number of available EQs after subtracting reserved FW EQs.
Before this capability the FW reported the EQ number in "log_max_eqs",
the reported value also contained FW reserved EQs, but the driver might
be failing to load on 320 cpus systems due to the fact that FW
reserved EQs were not available to the driver.
Now the driver has to obtain max_num_eqs value from new FW to get real
number of EQs available.
Signed-off-by: Denis Drozdov <denisd@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It was noticed that NIC always pass all multicast traffic to the host
regardless of IFF_ALLMULTI flag on the interface.
The rule in MC Filter Table in NIC, that is configured to accept any
multicast packets, is turning on if IFF_MULTICAST flag is set on the
interface. It leads to passing all multicast traffic to the host.
This fix changes the condition to turn on that rule by checking
IFF_ALLMULTI flag as it should.
Fixes: b21f502f84 ("net:ethernet:aquantia: Fix for multicast filter handling.")
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Bogdanov <dmitry.bogdanov@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove unused netdev_registered_init/remove in en.h
Return ENOSUPPORT if the check MLX5_DSCP_SUPPORTED fails.
Remove extra white space
Fixes: 2a5e7a1344 ("net/mlx5e: Add dcbnl dscp to priority support")
Signed-off-by: Huy Nguyen <huyn@mellanox.com>
Cc: Yuval Shaia <yuval.shaia@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current check relies on function BDF addresses and can get
us wrong e.g when two VFs are assigned into a VM and the PCI
v-address is set by the hypervisor.
Fixes: 5c65c564c9 ('net/mlx5e: Support offloading TC NIC hairpin flows')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Alaa Hleihel <alaa@mellanox.com>
Tested-by: Alaa Hleihel <alaa@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the problem below. The problem can be reproduced by the
following steps:
1) Connecting all HiNIC interfaces
2) On server side
# sudo ifconfig eth0 192.168.100.1 up #Using MLX CX4 card
# iperf -s
3) On client side
# sudo ifconfig eth0 192.168.100.2 up #Using our HiNIC card
# iperf -c 192.168.101.1 -P 10 -t 100000
after hours of testing, we will see errors:
hinic 0000:05:00.0: No MGMT msg handler, mod = 0
hinic 0000:05:00.0: No MGMT msg handler, mod = 0
hinic 0000:05:00.0: No MGMT msg handler, mod = 0
hinic 0000:05:00.0: No MGMT msg handler, mod = 0
The errors are caused by the following problem.
1) The hinic_get_wqe() checks the "wq->delta" to allocate new WQEs:
if (atomic_sub_return(num_wqebbs, &wq->delta) <= 0) {
atomic_add(num_wqebbs, &wq->delta);
return ERR_PTR(-EBUSY);
}
If the WQE occupies multiple pages, the shadow WQE will be used. Then the
hinic_xmit_frame() fills the WQE.
2) While in parallel with 1), the free_tx_poll() checks the "wq->delta"
to free old WQEs:
if ((atomic_read(&wq->delta) + num_wqebbs) > wq->q_depth)
return ERR_PTR(-EBUSY);
There is a probability that the shadow WQE which hinic_xmit_frame() is
using will be damaged by copy_wqe_to_shadow():
if (curr_pg != end_pg) {
void *shadow_addr = &wq->shadow_wqe[curr_pg * wq->max_wqe_size];
copy_wqe_to_shadow(wq, shadow_addr, num_wqebbs, *cons_idx);
return shadow_addr;
}
This can cause WQE data error and you will see the above error messages.
This patch fixes the problem.
Signed-off-by: Zhao Chen <zhaochen6@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 114813 ("Missing break in switch")
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 141440 ("Missing break in switch")
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 1384500 ("Missing break in switch")
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 1357414 ("Missing break in switch")
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 1357415 ("Missing break in switch")
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 114811 ("Missing break in switch")
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 1410181 ("Missing break in switch")
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 1410184 ("Missing break in switch")
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 1384501 ("Missing break in switch")
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 1398869 ("Missing break in switch")
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 1410182 ("Missing break in switch")
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 1410183 ("Missing break in switch")
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Notice that in this particular case, I replaced the code comments with
a proper "fall through" annotation, which is what GCC is expecting
to find.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 114809 ("Missing break in switch")
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 114810 ("Missing break in switch")
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 114808 ("Missing break in switch")
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 114802 ("Missing break in switch")
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 114796 ("Missing break in switch")
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 114804 ("Missing break in switch")
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 114806 ("Missing break in switch")
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 114801 ("Missing break in switch")
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 114800 ("Missing break in switch")
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 114799 ("Missing break in switch")
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 200521 ("Missing break in switch")
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 114797 ("Missing break in switch")
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 114794 ("Missing break in switch")
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 114795 ("Missing break in switch")
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 114792 ("Missing break in switch")
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 114793 ("Missing break in switch")
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 114791 ("Missing break in switch")
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 114790 ("Missing break in switch")
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 114789 ("Missing break in switch")
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 114788 ("Missing break in switch")
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 114787 ("Missing break in switch")
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 114784 ("Missing break in switch")
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 114785 ("Missing break in switch")
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 114786 ("Missing break in switch")
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 114782 ("Missing break in switch")
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 114781 ("Missing break in switch")
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 114780 ("Missing break in switch")
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 114777 ("Missing break in switch")
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 114778 ("Missing break in switch")
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 114779 ("Missing break in switch")
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 114910 ("Missing break in switch")
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 143135 ("Missing break in switch")
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 114878 ("Missing break in switch")
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 114891 ("Missing break in switch")
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 114889 ("Missing break in switch")
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2018-08-07
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf only.
Sergey cleans up a duplicate call to i40e_prep_for_reset() during
shutdown.
YueHaibing cleans up i40evf by removing code that was never being used
or called within the driver.
Jake updates the ethtool statistics to use a helper function since many
of the statistics use the same basic logic for copying strings into the
supplied buffer. Cleaned up the use of a local variable that is no
longer needed or used. Fixed additional stats issues, including the
failure to update the data pointer which was causing stats to be
reported incorrectly.
Mariusz fixes a bug where there was an oversight in configuring FEC when
link settings were forced which was causing 25G link to be configured
incorrectly.
Piotr adds a missing return code for when the firmware returns a busy
state. Also added the process to command firmware to start
rearrangement when switching between old NVM structure to the new flat
NVM.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RoCE qps use a pair of physical queues (pq) received from the Queue Manager
(QM) - an offload queue (OFLD) and a low latency queue (LLT). The QM block
creates a pq for each TC, and allows RoCE qps to ask for a pq with a
specific TC. As a result, qps with different VLAN priorities can be mapped
to different TCs, and employ features such as PFC and ETS.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Denis Bolotin <denis.bolotin@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Distinguish not set offload_tc from offload_tc 0 and add getters and
setters.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Denis Bolotin <denis.bolotin@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The API receives a priority and looks for the TC it is mapped to in the
operational DCBX configuration. The API returns QED_DCBX_DEFAULT_TC (0)
when DCBX is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Denis Bolotin <denis.bolotin@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For packets with computed IP/TCP/UDP checksum there is no need to tell
hardware to recompute it. For such kind of packets hardware expects the
packet to be at least 64 bytes and FCS to be computed.
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move checksum clearing outside of spinlock. The SKB is protected by
networking lock (HARD_TX_LOCK()).
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use netdev_tx_t return type for ndo_start_xmit function of macb driver.
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Print a string instead of the error code. Since there is a
possibility that the driver can recover, classify it as a
warning instead of an error.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When backing device firmware reports an error, it provides an
error ID, which is meant to be queried for more detailed error
information. Currently, however, an error ID is not provided by
the Virtual I/O server and there are not any plans to do so. For
now, it is always unfilled or zero, so request_error_information
will never be called. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All control commands (soft commands) goes through only Queue 0
(control and data queue). So only queue-0 needs post_lock,
other queues are only data queues and does not need post_lock
Added a flag to indicate the queue can be used for soft commands.
If this flag is set, post_lock must be acquired before posting
a command to the queue.
If this flag is clear, post_lock is invalid for the queue.
Signed-off-by: Intiyaz Basha <intiyaz.basha@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The allocation of lmac->dmacs is not being checked for allocation
failure. Add the check.
Fixes: 3a34ecfd9d ("net: thunderx: add MAC address filter tracking for LMAC")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unlike fs.val.lport and fs.val.fport, cxgb4_process_flow_match()
sets fs.val.{l,f}ip to net-endian values without conversion - they come
straight from flow_dissector_key_ipv4_addrs ->dst and ->src resp. So
the assignment in mk_act_open_req() ought to be a straight copy.
As far as I know, T4 PCIe cards do exist, so it's not as if that
thing could only be found on little-endian systems...
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Acked-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a new layer for matching on geneve options. This allows
offloading filters configured to match geneve with options.
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce new push geneve option action. This allows offloading
filters configured to entunnel geneve with options.
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The addition of FLOW_DISSECTOR_KEY_ENC_IP to TC flower means that the ToS
and TTL of the tunnel header can now be matched on.
Extend the NFP tunnel match function to include these new fields.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The TTL for encapsulating headers in IPv4 UDP tunnels is taken from a
route lookup. Modify this to first check if a user has specified a TTL to
be used in the TC action.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function accidentally failed to update the data pointer, which
caused the reported stats to be incorrect. Additionally, statistics
which follow queue stats in the output would potentially read non-zeroed
garbage data from the ethtool buffer.
This occurred because the data double pointer was not dereferenced
before incrementing the size.
Additionally, make sure this issue is more visible by adding a WARN_ONCE
to the i40e_get_ethtool_stats function. This warning will trigger
whenever the data pointer is not at the expected address, similar to the
check that we make in the i40e_get_stat_strings() function.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
During switching between old NVM structure approach (called structured
NVM) to new one (called flat NVM) or backward flash needs to be
rearranged to required NVM structure. This is a part of transition from
one NVM structure to another. The function is introduced to command
firmware to start rearrangement process.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Azarewicz <piotr.azarewicz@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Firmware can return a busy state, so the function return
I40E_ERR_NOT_READY.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Azarewicz <piotr.azarewicz@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In commit 147e81ec75 ("i40e: Test memory before ethtool alloc succeeds")
code was added to handle ring allocation on systems with low memory.
It shadowed the ring parameter pointer by introducing a local ring
pointer inside the for loop. Most of the code in the loop already just
accessed the ring via &rx_rings[i]. Since most of the code already does
this, just remove the local variable.
If someone considers it worth keeping a local around, they should use it
for the whole section instead of just a couple of accesses.
This fixes a warning when -Wshadow is enabled
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Commit c61c8fe1d5 ("i40e: Implement an ethtool private flag to stop
LLDP in FW") added an extra for-loop which added a shadowing 'i'
variable as the index.
However, the local variable i already exists, and we already use it as
a loop index. Additionally, at this point, there is no further use of
the variable, so it's safe to simply overwrite the variable contents.
This fixes a -Wshadow warning which has started being enabled on some
distributions
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Patryk Malek <patryk.malek@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The SYSTEMPORT MAC allows up to 8 filters to be programmed to wake-up
from LAN. Verify that we have up to 8 filters and program them to the
appropriate RXCHK entries to be matched (along with their masks).
We need to update the entry and exit to Wake-on-LAN mode to keep the
RXCHK engine running to match during suspend, but this is otherwise
fairly similar to Magic Packet detection.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-08-07
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Add cgroup local storage for BPF programs, which provides a fast
accessible memory for storing various per-cgroup data like number
of transmitted packets, etc, from Roman.
2) Support bpf_get_socket_cookie() BPF helper in several more program
types that have a full socket available, from Andrey.
3) Significantly improve the performance of perf events which are
reported from BPF offload. Also convert a couple of BPF AF_XDP
samples overto use libbpf, both from Jakub.
4) seg6local LWT provides the End.DT6 action, which allows to
decapsulate an outer IPv6 header containing a Segment Routing Header.
Adds this action now to the seg6local BPF interface, from Mathieu.
5) Do not mark dst register as unbounded in MOV64 instruction when
both src and dst register are the same, from Arthur.
6) Define u_smp_rmb() and u_smp_wmb() to their respective barrier
instructions on arm64 for the AF_XDP sample code, from Brian.
7) Convert the tcp_client.py and tcp_server.py BPF selftest scripts
over from Python 2 to Python 3, from Jeremy.
8) Enable BTF build flags to the BPF sample code Makefile, from Taeung.
9) Remove an unnecessary rcu_read_lock() in run_lwt_bpf(), from Taehee.
10) Several improvements to the README.rst from the BPF documentation
to make it more consistent with RST format, from Tobin.
11) Replace all occurrences of strerror() by calls to strerror_r()
in libbpf and fix a FORTIFY_SOURCE build error along with it,
from Thomas.
12) Fix a bug in bpftool's get_btf() function to correctly propagate
an error via PTR_ERR(), from Yue.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The priority flow control statistics are laid out in the stats structure
using arrays. This made it unwieldy to use as part of an i40e_stats
array.
Add a new structure type, i40e_pfc_stats, and a helper function
i40e_get_pfc_stats which can return the stats for a given priority
value as an i40e_pfc_stats structure.
Use this to create an i40e_stats array, which we'll use to format and
copy the strings and stats into the supplied buffers.
This reduces even more boiler plate code in i40e_get_ethtool_stats and
i40e_get_stat_strings.
An alternative would be to modify the structure definition for the pfc
stats, but this is more invasive to the rest of the code base.
Note that a macro was used to setup the copy of stats from the
pf->stats, as this reduces the chance of typos in the code names. It
will produce a checkpatch.pl warning due to re-use of a macro argument.
In this case, it should be safe, as the macro will fail to compile in
cases where the argument is not a simple structure member name, and thus
arguments with side effects should not be an issue.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The VEB TC stats are currently implemented with separate parsing,
instead of using the i40e_stats array and associated helper functions.
This is likely because the stats rely on embedding the TC number into
the stat name.
Update i40e_add_stat_strings to take variadic arguments, and use these
to vsnprintf the i40e_stats string as a string containing format
specifiers.
Create a stats array for the VEB TC related stats,
i40e_gstrings_veb_tc_stats, and use this along with the helper functions
to remove the specialized boiler plate code.
Always call i40e_add_ethtool_stats for both this array and the general
VEB stats array. This ensures that we zero out any memory in case it was
not zero-allocated for us.
This ultimately results in less boiler plate code for the
i40e_get_stat_strings and i40e_get_ethtool_stats.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch configures FEC setting in i40e_force_link_state().
For some reason setting this field was overlooked thus causing
25G link to be configured incorrectly.
Signed-off-by: Mariusz Stachura <mariusz.stachura@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Similar to the helper function to copy the ethtool stats strings, add
and use a helper function for copying the ethtool stats into the
supplied buffer.
Just like before, we use a macro to avoid having to pass ARRAY_SIZE
manually, so as to reduce chance of bugs.
Some of the stats, especially queue stats, are a bit trickier, and will
be handled in future patches.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Many of the ethtool statistics use the same basic logic for copying
strings into the supplied buffer. A set of stats are stored in a const
array of i40e_stats structures, and we apply these all together.
Simplify the stats code by introducing a helper function which can take
a stats array and copy the strings into the buffer, updating the buffer
pointer as we go.
We use a macro to implement i40e_add_stat_strings so that ARRAY_SIZE can
be used on the array passed in. This ensures that we always use the
matching size in __i40e_add_stat_strings.
More complex stats currently do not use i40e_stats arrays, usually due
to custom formatted strings, or because the stats are not laid out in
the expected way. These stats will be updated to use the helper function
in separate future patches.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There are no in-tree callers.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Function call to i40e_prep_for_reset() is duplicated in
i40e_shutdown routine and gets called before
i40e_enable_mc_magic_wake() which blocks it from being executed
correctly on system reboot or shutdown because adminq is already
disabled by first i40e_prep_for_reset() call.
Two register write calls are also duplicated.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Nemov <sergey.nemov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The igb driver doesn't need anything provided by pci-aspm.h, so remove
the unnecessary include of it.
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Sinan Kaya <okaya@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
__inet6_lookup_established() expect th->dport passed in host-endian,
not net-endian. The reason is microoptimization in __inet6_lookup(),
but if you use the lower-level helpers, you have to play by their
rules...
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to give unicast traffic precedence over BUM traffic, configure
multicast-aware mode on all ports.
Under multicast-aware regime, when assigning traffic class to a packet,
the switch doesn't merely take the value prescribed by the QTCT
register. For BUM traffic, it instead assigns that value plus 8.
ETS elements for TCs 8..15 thus need to be configured as well. Extend
mlxsw_sp_port_ets_init() so that it maps each of them to the same
subgroup as their corresponding TC from the range 0..7, such that TCs X
and X+8 map to the same subgroup.
The existing code configures TCs with strict priority. So far this was
immaterial, because each TC had its own subgroup. Now that two TCs share
a subgroup it becomes important. TCs are prioritized in order of 7, 6,
..., 0, 15, 14, ..., 8: the higher TCs used for BUM traffic end up being
deprioritized. Since that's what's needed, keep that configuration as it
is, and configure the new TCs likewise.
Finally in mlxsw_sp_port_create(), invoke configuration of QTCTM to
enable MC-aware mode on each port.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This register configures if the Switch Priority to Traffic Class mapping
is based on Multicast packet indication. If so, then multicast packets
will get a Traffic Class that is plus (cap_max_tclass_data/2) the value
configured by QTCT.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The CNP CoS queue is reserved for internal RDMA Congestion Notification
Packets (CNP) and should not be used for a TC. Modify the CoS queue
discovery code to skip over the CNP CoS queue and to reduce
bp->max_tc accordingly. However, if RDMA is disabled in NVRAM, the
the CNP CoS queue can be used for a TC.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Expand the .ieee_setapp() and ieee_delapp() DCBNL methods to support
DSCP. This allows DSCP values to user priority mappings instead
of using VLAN priorities. Each DSCP mapping is added or deleted one
entry at a time using the firmware API. The firmware call can only be
made from a PF.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Export temperature sensor reading via hwmon sysfs.
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use latest firmware API to notify firmware about IF state changes.
Firmware has the option to clean up resources during IF down and
to require the driver to reserve resources again during IF up.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The flags field is almost getting full. Move firmware capability flags
to a new fw_cap field to better organize these firmware flags.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The BNXT_FLAG_NEW_RM flag is checked a lot in the code to determine if
the new resource manager is in effect. Define a macro to perform
this check.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadocm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support to collect live firmware coredump via ethtool.
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set the default hash mode flag in HWRM_VNIC_RSS_CFG to signal to the
firmware that the driver is compliant with the latest spec. With
that, the firmware can return expanded RSS profile IDs that the driver
checks to setup the proper gso_type for GRO-HW packets. But instead
of checking for the new profile IDs, we check the IP_TYPE flag
in TPA_START which is more straight forward than checking a list of
profile IDs.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The new mode is "minimal-static" to be used when resources are more
limited to support a large number of VFs, for example The PF driver
will provision guaranteed minimum resources of 0. Each VF has no
guranteed resources until it tries to reserve resources during device
open.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During hotplug, the driver's open function can be called almost
immediately after power on reset. The PHY may not be ready and the
firmware may return failure when the driver tries to update PHY
settings. Add retry logic fired from the driver's timer to retry
the operation for 5 seconds.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add code to detect firmware support for external loopback and the extra
test entry for external loopback.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver gathers statistics using 2 mechanisms. Some stats are DMA'ed
directly from hardware and others are polled from the driver's timer.
Currently, we only adjust the DMA frequency based on the ethtool
stats-block-usecs setting. This patch adjusts the driver's timer
frequency as well to make everything consistent.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
New interface has firmware core dump support, new extended port
statistics, and IF state change notifications to the firmware.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
vnic_dev_register(), vnic_rq_alloc_bufs() and vnic_wq_alloc_bufs()
are never called in atomic context.
They call kzalloc() with GFP_ATOMIC, which is not necessary.
GFP_ATOMIC can be replaced with GFP_KERNEL.
This is found by a static analysis tool named DCNS written by myself.
Signed-off-by: Jia-Ju Bai <baijiaju1990@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <gvaradar@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for adjust_tail. There are no FW changes needed but add
a FW capability just in case there would be any issue with previously
released FW, or we will have to change the ABI in the future.
The helper is trivial and shouldn't be used too often so just inline
the body of the function. We add the delta to locally maintained
packet length register and check for overflow, since add of negative
value must overflow if result is positive. Note that if delta of 0
would be allowed in the kernel this trick stops working and we need
one more instruction to compare lengths before and after the change.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
In previous patch mlxsw_afa_resource_del() was added to avoid a duplicate
resource detruction scenario.
For mirror actions, such duplicate destruction leads to a crash as in:
# tc qdisc add dev swp49 ingress
# tc filter add dev swp49 parent ffff: \
protocol ip chain 100 pref 10 \
flower skip_sw dst_ip 192.168.101.1 action drop
# tc filter add dev swp49 parent ffff: \
protocol ip pref 10 \
flower skip_sw dst_ip 192.168.101.1 action goto chain 100 \
action mirred egress mirror dev swp4
Therefore add a call to mlxsw_afa_resource_del() in
mlxsw_afa_mirror_destroy() in order to clear that resource
from rule's resources.
Fixes: d0d13c1858 ("mlxsw: spectrum_acl: Add support for mirror action")
Signed-off-by: Nir Dotan <nird@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each tc flower rule uses a hidden count action. As counter resource may
not be available due to limited HW resources, update _counter_create()
and _counter_destroy() pair to follow previously introduced symmetric
error condition handling, add a call to mlxsw_afa_resource_del() as part
of the counter resource destruction.
Fixes: c18c1e186b ("mlxsw: core: Make counter index allocated inside the action append")
Signed-off-by: Nir Dotan <nird@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some ACL actions require the allocation of a separate resource
prior to applying the action itself. When facing an error condition
during the setup phase of the action, resource should be destroyed.
For such actions the destruction was done twice which is dangerous
and lead to a potential crash.
The destruction took place first upon error on action setup phase
and then as the rule was destroyed.
The following sequence generated a crash:
# tc qdisc add dev swp49 ingress
# tc filter add dev swp49 parent ffff: \
protocol ip chain 100 pref 10 \
flower skip_sw dst_ip 192.168.101.1 action drop
# tc filter add dev swp49 parent ffff: \
protocol ip pref 10 \
flower skip_sw dst_ip 192.168.101.1 action goto chain 100 \
action mirred egress mirror dev swp4
Therefore add mlxsw_afa_resource_del() as a complement of
mlxsw_afa_resource_add() to add symmetry to resource_list membership
handling. Call this from mlxsw_afa_fwd_entry_ref_destroy() to make the
_fwd_entry_ref_create() and _fwd_entry_ref_destroy() pair of calls a
NOP.
Fixes: 140ce42121 ("mlxsw: core: Convert fwd_entry_ref list to be generic per-block resource list")
Signed-off-by: Nir Dotan <nird@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Spectrum switch ACL action set is built in groups of three actions
which may point to additional actions. A group holds a single record
which can be set as goto record for pointing at a following group
or can be set to mark the termination of the lookup. This is perfectly
adequate for handling a series of actions to be executed on a packet.
While the SW model allows configuration of conflicting actions
where it is clear that some actions will never execute, the mlxsw
driver must block such configurations as it creates a conflict
over the single terminate/goto record value.
For a conflicting actions configuration such as:
# tc filter add dev swp49 parent ffff: \
protocol ip pref 10 \
flower skip_sw dst_ip 192.168.101.1 \
action goto chain 100 \
action mirred egress mirror dev swp4
Where it is clear that the last action will never execute, the
mlxsw driver was issuing a warning instead of returning an error.
Therefore replace that warning with an error for this specific
case.
Fixes: 4cda7d8d70 ("mlxsw: core: Introduce flexible actions support")
Signed-off-by: Nir Dotan <nird@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create a helper function to turn on/off MPD, this will be used to avoid
duplicating code as we are going to add additional types of wake-up
types.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We already properly resume from Wake-on-LAN whether such a condition
occured or not, no need to process the WoL interrupt for functional
changes since that could race with other settings.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The offset of msix number for roce is different between different
revision id. We should get it from firmware, instead of a fix value.
This patch refines the msix allocation, make it compatible.
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The msix number for vf is different, depends on the max vf number.
Futherly if the vf supports roce, the offset of msix is not fixed.
It's incorrect to fix the msix number to 33. This patch fixes it by
querying the msix number from firmware, and adjusting it with roce
support.
Fixes: e2cb1dec97 ("net: hns3: Add HNS3 VF HCL(Hardware Compatibility Layer) Support")
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The else-if branch and else branch set mac_ok to true similarly,
so combine the two into single else branch.
Also add comments to explain the two conditions, which
from Michael Chan and Vasundhara Volam.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that the unregister_netdev flow for IPoIB no longer relies on external
code we can now introduce the use of priv_destructor and
needs_free_netdev.
The rdma_netdev flow is switched to use the netdev common priv_destructor
instead of the special free_rdma_netdev and the IPOIB ULP adjusted:
- priv_destructor needs to switch to point to the ULP's destructor
which will then call the rdma_ndev's in the right order
- We need to be careful around the error unwind of register_netdev
as it sometimes calls priv_destructor on failure
- ULPs need to use ndo_init/uninit to ensure proper ordering
of failures around register_netdev
Switching to priv_destructor is a necessary pre-requisite to using
the rtnl new_link mechanism.
The VNIC user for rdma_netdev should also be revised, but that is left for
another patch.
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Denis Drozdov <denisd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Variables 'max_frm' and 'tmp_mac_key' are being assigned,
but are never used,hence they are redundant and can be removed.
fix fllowing warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf_mac.c:461:6: warning: variable 'max_frm' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf_main.c:1685:31: warning: variable 'tmp_mac_key' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf_main.c:1855:41: warning: variable 'tmp_mac_key' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The BTF conflicts were simple overlapping changes.
The virtio_net conflict was an overlap of a fix of statistics counter,
happening alongisde a move over to a bonafide statistics structure
rather than counting value on the stack.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trivial fix to spelling mistake in dev_info message.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check DMA addressing limitations as suggested by the DMA API
how-to. This does not fix a particular issue seen but is
considered good style.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan@agner.ch>
Acked-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Robin Murphy <robin.murphy@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For FW_PORT_ACTION_GET_PORT_INFO32 messages, the
u.info32.lstatus32_to_cbllen32 is 32-bit Big Endian.
We need to translate that to CPU Endian in order to
test F_FW_PORT_CMD_DCBXDIS32.
Signed-off-by: Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While cleaning the command queue, the value of the HEAD register is not
in the range of next_to_clean and next_to_use, meaning that this value
is invalid. This also means that there is a hardware error and the
hardware will trigger a reset soon. At this time we should return an
error code instead of 0, and HCLGE_STATE_CMD_DISABLE needs to be set to
prevent sending command again.
Fixes: 3ff504908f ("net: hns3: fix a dead loop in hclge_cmd_csq_clean")
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This sysctl setting controls whether packet priority should be updated
after forwarding. Configure RGCR.usp accordingly so that the device is
in sync with the kernel handling.
Note that RGCR doesn't allow changing arbitrary parameters
mid-operation, however "usp" is exempt and can be reconfigured.
Also react to NETEVENT_IPV4_FWD_UPDATE_PRIORITY_UPDATE notifications
that signify change in this configuration.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The boilerplate to schedule NETEVENT_IPV4_MPATH_HASH_UPDATE and
NETEVENT_IPV6_MPATH_HASH_UPDATE handling is almost equivalent to that of
NETEVENT_IPV4_FWD_UPDATE_PRIORITY_UPDATE that's coming in the next
patch. The only difference is which actual worker function should be
called. Extract this boilerplate into a named function in order to allow
reuse.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Neterion was standalone for several years, then acquired by Exar and
shutdown in 11 months without ever making any new Exar branded adapters.
Users would probably think of them as Neterion and not Exar (as there
have been no follow-on adapters and the vast majority ever sold were
under the Neterion name).
6c541b4595 ("net: ethernet: Sort Kconfig sourcing alphabetically")
sorted Kconfig sourcing based on directory names, but in a couple cases,
the menu item text is quite different from the directory name and is not
sorted correctly:
drivers/net/ethernet/neterion/Kconfig => "Exar devices"
To address that and clear up any confusion about the name, "Exar" was
changed to "Neterion (Exar)" and the relevant entries in the Makefile
and Kconfig were reordered to match the alphabetical organization.
Inspired-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Mason <jdmason@kudzu.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch handles a TX-timeout as follows:
1) This patch gathers and prints the following info that can
help in diagnosing the cause of a TX-timeout.
a) TX queue and completion queue entries.
b) SKB and TCP/UDP header details.
2) For Lancer NICs (TX-timeout recovery is not supported for
BE3/Skyhawk-R NICs), it recovers from the TX timeout as follows:
a) On a TX-timeout, driver sets the PHYSDEV_CONTROL_FW_RESET_MASK
bit in the PHYSDEV_CONTROL register. Lancer firmware goes into
an error state and indicates this back to the driver via a bit
in a doorbell register.
b) Driver detects this and calls be_err_recover(). DMA is disabled,
all pending TX skbs are unmapped and freed (be_close()). All rings
are destroyed (be_clear()).
c) The driver waits for the FW to re-initialize and re-creates all
rings along with other data structs (be_resume())
Signed-off-by: Suresh Reddy <suresh.reddy@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a potential execution path in which variable *err* is returned
without being properly initialized previously.
Fix this by initializing variable *err* to 0.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 1472116 ("Uninitialized scalar variable")
Fixes: 0ec13877ce ("net/mlx5e: Gather all XDP pre-requisite checks in a single function")
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following sparse warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_cxt.c:1534:6: warning: symbol 'qed_cm_init_pf' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_dev.c:233:4: warning: symbol 'qed_init_qm_get_num_tcs' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_dev.c:238:5: warning: symbol 'qed_init_qm_get_num_vfs' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_dev.c:246:5: warning: symbol 'qed_init_qm_get_num_pf_rls' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_dev.c:264:5: warning: symbol 'qed_init_qm_get_num_vports' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_dev.c:276:5: warning: symbol 'qed_init_qm_get_num_pqs' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_mcp.c:573:5: warning: symbol 'qed_mcp_nvm_wr_cmd' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_mcp.c:3012:1: warning: symbol '__qed_mcp_resc_lock' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_dcbx.c:870:6: warning: symbol 'qed_dcbx_aen' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_debug.c:7841:5: warning: symbol 'qed_dbg_nvm_image_length' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_debug.c:7857:5: warning: symbol 'qed_dbg_nvm_image' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_sriov.c:675:6: warning: symbol '_qed_iov_pf_sanity_check' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_sriov.c:690:6: warning: symbol 'qed_iov_pf_sanity_check' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_sriov.c:3982:6: warning: symbol 'qed_iov_pf_get_pending_events' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_vf.c:172:5: warning: symbol '_qed_vf_pf_release' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_rdma.c:137:5: warning: symbol 'qed_rdma_get_sb_id' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_rdma.c:709:5: warning: symbol 'qed_rdma_stop' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_ll2.c:161:6: warning: symbol 'qed_ll2b_complete_rx_packet' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_roce.c:160:6: warning: symbol 'qed_roce_free_cid_pair' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_iwarp.c:380:12: warning: symbol 'iwarp_state_names' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_iwarp.c:946:1: warning: symbol 'qed_iwarp_parse_private_data' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_iwarp.c:971:1: warning: symbol 'qed_iwarp_mpa_reply_arrived' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_iwarp.c:2504:1: warning: symbol 'qed_iwarp_ll2_slowpath' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_iwarp.c:2806:6: warning: symbol 'qed_iwarp_qp_in_error' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_iwarp.c:2827:6: warning: symbol 'qed_iwarp_exception_received' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_iwarp.c:2958:1: warning: symbol 'qed_iwarp_connect_complete' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_iscsi.c:876:6: warning: symbol 'qed_iscsi_free_connection' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Denis Bolotin <Denis.Bolotin@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
WoL won't work in PCI-based setups because we are not saving the PCI EP
state before entering suspend state and not allowing D3 wake.
Fix this by using a wrapper around stmmac_{suspend/resume} which
correctly sets the PCI EP state.
Signed-off-by: Jose Abreu <joabreu@synopsys.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Joao Pinto <jpinto@synopsys.com>
Cc: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace ugly macroses on functions.
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch avoids that sparse complains about casts to restricted __be32.
Fixes: a3cdaa69e4 ("cxgb4: Adds CPL support for Shared Receive Queues")
Signed-off-by: Bart Van Assche <bart.vanassche@wdc.com>
Acked-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
In commit ab123fe071 ("enic: handle mtu change for vf properly")
ASSERT_RTNL() is added to _enic_change_mtu() to prevent it from being
called without rtnl held. enic_probe() calls enic_change_mtu()
without rtnl held. At this point netdev is not registered yet.
Remove call to enic_change_mtu and assign the mtu to netdev->mtu.
Fixes: ab123fe071 ("enic: handle mtu change for vf properly")
Signed-off-by: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <gvaradar@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After introduction of the cited commit, mlx5e_build_nic_params
receives the netdevice mtu in order to set the sw_mtu of mlx5e_params.
For enhanced IPoIB, the netdevice mtu is not set in this stage,
therefore, the initial sw_mtu equals zero. As a result, the hw_mtu
of the receive queue will be calculated incorrectly causing traffic
issues.
To fix this issue, query for port mtu before building the nic params.
Fixes: 472a1e44b3 ("net/mlx5e: Save MTU in channels params")
Signed-off-by: Feras Daoud <ferasda@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
MTU helper function is used by both conventional mlx5e
instances (PF/VF) and the eswitch representors. The representor
shouldn't change the nic vport context MTU, the VF is responsible for
that. Therefore set_mtu_cb has a null value when changing the
representor MTU.
Fixes: 250a42b6a7 ("net/mlx5e: Support configurable MTU for vport representors")
Signed-off-by: Adi Nissim <adin@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Yevgeny Kliteynik <kliteyn@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The hairpin offload code has dependency on the trust mode being PCP.
Hence we should set PCP as the default for handling cases where we are
disallowed to read the trust mode from the FW, or failed to initialize it.
Fixes: 106be53b6b ('net/mlx5e: Set per priority hairpin pairs')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Execute mlx5_eswitch_init() only if we have MLX5_ESWITCH_MANAGER
capabilities.
Do the same for mlx5_eswitch_cleanup().
Fixes: a9f7705ffd ("net/mlx5: Unify vport manager capability check")
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Commit 58b99ee3e3 ("net/mlx5e: Add support for XDP_REDIRECT in device-out side")
forgot to return/free the xdp_frame in case the DMA mapping failed, correct this.
Also DMA unmap the frame in case mlx5e_xmit_xdp_frame() fails.
Fixes: 58b99ee3e3 ("net/mlx5e: Add support for XDP_REDIRECT in device-out side")
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
'app' is dereferenced before used for the devlink trace point.
In case FW is buggy and sends a control message to a VF queue
we should make sure app is not NULL.
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
There are no in-tree callers of cn23xx_dump_iq_regs.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are no in-tree callers of qed_get_cm_pq_idx_rl since it be there,
so it can be removed.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since driver is devicetree-based, all device type and charateristic can be
determined by the compatible string and its data. It's unnecessary to
create another dependent function to check chip ID and then decide whether
the specific funciton is being supported on a certain device. It can be
totally replaced by the existing flag, so a cleanup is made by removing
the function and the only user, HWLRO.
MT2701 also have a missing HWLRO support in old code, so add it the same
patch.
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Improve more in the existing code by reusing dma_zalloc_coherent instead
of dma_alloc_coherent with __GFP_ZERO or superfluous zeroing buffer.
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This series from Gal and Saeed provides updates to mlx5 vxlan implementation.
Gal, started with three cleanups to reflect the actual hardware vxlan state
- reflect 4789 UDP port default addition to software database
- check maximum number of vxlan UDP ports
- cleanup an unused member in vxlan work
Then Gal provides performance optimization by replacing the
vxlan radix tree with a hash table.
Measuring mlx5e_vxlan_lookup_port execution time:
Radix Tree Hash Table
--------------- ------------ ------------
Single Stream 161 ns 79 ns (51% improvement)
Multi Stream 259 ns 136 ns (47% improvement)
Measuring UDP stream packet rate, single fully utilized TX core:
Radix Tree: 498,300 PPS
Hash Table: 555,468 PPS (11% improvement)
Next, from Saeed, vxlan refactoring to allow sharing the vxlan table
between different mlx5 netdevice instances like PF and VF representors,
this is done by making mlx5 vxlan interface more generic and decoupling
it from PF netdevice structures and logic, then moving it into mlx5 core
as a low level interface so it can be used by VF representors, which is
illustrated in the last patch of the serious.
-Saeed.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJbW7KLAAoJEEg/ir3gV/o+YZ8H/2D4Ogav0zxQaNnw4ASYPpVA
luW1tvGUyk3C+fgbZO7tp/DETGJKbSodSMV9ZasEFFuHPft37mQaEIZf2rq58DvT
Q6vaaewyRCB6SzIGYjCZWtLI0aE5QtwMWDRbRBlRyQ0zUV6wr26W3WWWM2SpCJGK
zSuAF3Np0dEPTzBB566CY0nhYpsBiBXm2QJcgySL2WIx1nwQ6X8MJxjErhgQV+2L
1wVT6YTm1K2cdx9LsORt3FB/mFTQcOJCpl88AyhBB+pc7+i6pBtBp95tcqD8wmtF
dnMBmR+JzT108VxvcBnpwCxuVI7lLCcAs9hYITTGzUbo6rqT8xXV2HQ1KwU17Ow=
=tJj8
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5e-updates-2018-07-27' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5e-updates-2018-07-27 (Vxlan updates)
This series from Gal and Saeed provides updates to mlx5 vxlan implementation.
Gal, started with three cleanups to reflect the actual hardware vxlan state
- reflect 4789 UDP port default addition to software database
- check maximum number of vxlan UDP ports
- cleanup an unused member in vxlan work
Then Gal provides performance optimization by replacing the
vxlan radix tree with a hash table.
Measuring mlx5e_vxlan_lookup_port execution time:
Radix Tree Hash Table
--------------- ------------ ------------
Single Stream 161 ns 79 ns (51% improvement)
Multi Stream 259 ns 136 ns (47% improvement)
Measuring UDP stream packet rate, single fully utilized TX core:
Radix Tree: 498,300 PPS
Hash Table: 555,468 PPS (11% improvement)
Next, from Saeed, vxlan refactoring to allow sharing the vxlan table
between different mlx5 netdevice instances like PF and VF representors,
this is done by making mlx5 vxlan interface more generic and decoupling
it from PF netdevice structures and logic, then moving it into mlx5 core
as a low level interface so it can be used by VF representors, which is
illustrated in the last patch of the serious.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Seems it was missed while adding for first net dev in dual-emac mode.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As for today STMMAC_ALIGN macro (which is used to align DMA stuff)
relies on L1 line length (L1_CACHE_BYTES).
This isn't correct in case of system with several cache levels
which might have L1 cache line length smaller than L2 line. This
can lead to sharing one cache line between DMA buffer and other
data, so we can lose this data while invalidate DMA buffer before
DMA transaction.
Fix that by using SMP_CACHE_BYTES instead of L1_CACHE_BYTES for
aligning.
Signed-off-by: Eugeniy Paltsev <Eugeniy.Paltsev@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are no in-tree callers of qed_set_gft_event_id_cm_hdr.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mac8390 driver defines its own variants of memcpy_fromio() and
memcpy_toio(), using similar implementations, but different function
signatures.
Remove the custom definitions of memcpy_fromio() and memcpy_toio(), and
adjust all callers to the standard signatures.
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Greg Ungerer <gerg@linux-m68k.org>
With system having a small memory (around 256MB), the state "cannot
allocate memory to refill with new buffer" is reach pretty quickly.
By this patch we changed buffer allocation method to a better handling of
this use case by avoiding memory allocation issues.
Signed-off-by: Yelena Krivosheev <yelena@marvell.com>
[gregory: extract from a larger patch]
Signed-off-by: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the checksum offload feature is not set, then there is no point to
check the status of the hardware.
[gregory: extract from a larger patch]
Signed-off-by: Yelena Krivosheev <yelena@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of trying to allocate the exact amount of memory for each
descriptor use a page for each of them, it allows to simplify the
allocation management and increase the performance of the driver.
Based on the work of Yelena Krivosheev <yelena@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to improve the diagnostic in case of error, make the distinction
between refill error and skb allocation error. Also make the information
available through the ethtool state.
Based on the work of Yelena Krivosheev <yelena@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The initial values were too small leading to poor performance when using
the software buffer management.
Signed-off-by: Yelena Krivosheev <yelena@marvell.com>
[gregory: extract from a larger patch]
Signed-off-by: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On year ago Rob Herring wanted to remove the data pointer from the
device_node structure[1]. The mvneta driver seemed to be the only one
which used (abused ?) it. However, the proposal of Rob to remove this
pointer from the driver introduced a regression, and I tested and fixed an
alternative way, but it was never submitted as a proper patch.
Now here it is: Instead of using the device_node structure ->data
pointer, we store the BM private data as the driver data of the BM
platform_device. The core mvneta code can retrieve it by doing a lookup
on which platform_device corresponds to the BM device tree node using
of_find_device_by_node(), and get its driver data
[1]https://www.spinics.net/lists/netdev/msg445197.html
Signed-off-by: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is incorrect to enable TX/RX queues (call by mvneta_port_up()) for
port without link. Indeed MTU change for interface without link causes TX
queues to stuck.
Fixes: c5aff18204 ("net: mvneta: driver for Marvell Armada 370/XP
network unit")
Signed-off-by: Yelena Krivosheev <yelena@marvell.com>
[gregory.clement: adding Fixes tags and rewording commit log]
Signed-off-by: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mvneta Ethernet driver is used on a few different Marvell SoCs.
Some SoCs have per cpu interrupts for Ethernet events. Some SoCs have
a single interrupt, independent of the CPU. The driver handles this by
having a per CPU napi structure when there are per CPU interrupts, and
a global napi structure when there is a single interrupt.
When the napi core calls mvneta_poll(), it passes the napi
instance. This was not being propagated through the call chain, and
instead the per-cpu napi instance was passed to napi_gro_receive()
call. This breaks when there is a single global napi instance.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Fixes: 2636ac3cc2 ("net: mvneta: Add network support for Armada 3700 SoC")
Signed-off-by: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When driver gets notification for mtu change, driver does not handle it for
all RQs. It handles only RQ[0].
Fix is to use enic_change_mtu() interface to change mtu for vf.
Signed-off-by: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <gvaradar@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Function nfp_flower_repr_get_type_and_port expects an enum nfp_repr_type
return value but, if the repr type is unknown, returns a value of type
enum nfp_flower_cmsg_port_type. This means that if FW encodes the port
ID in a way the driver does not understand instead of dropping the frame
driver may attribute it to a physical port (uplink) provided the port
number is less than physical port count.
Fix this and ensure a net_device of NULL is returned if the repr can not
be determined.
Fixes: 1025351a88 ("nfp: add flower app")
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move vxlan logic and objects to mlx5 core dirver.
Since it going to be used from different mlx5 interfaces.
e.g. mlx5e PF NIC netdev and mlx5e E-Switch representors.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Vxlan API can and will be called from different mlx5 modules, we should
not count on mlx5e private state lock only, hence we introduce a vxlan
private mutex to sync between add/del vxlan port operations.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
For a better API mlx5_vxlan_{add/del}_port can fail, make them return
error values.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Rename vxlan functions from mlx5e_vxlan_* to mlx5_vxlan_*.
Rename mlx5e_vxlan_db to mlx5_vxlan and move it from en.h to vxlan.c
since it is not related to mlx5e anymore.
Allocate mlx5_vxlan structure dynamically in order to make it easier to
move later to core driver and to make it private in vxlan.c.
This is in preparation to move vxlan API to mlx5 core.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
The name mlx5e_vxlan will be used in downstream patch to describe
mlx5 vxlan structure that will replace mlx5e_vxlan_db.
Hence we rename struct mlx5e_vxlan to mlx5_vxlan_port which describes a
mlx5 vxlan port.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Create a direct vxlan API to add and delete vxlan ports from HW.
+void mlx5e_vxlan_add_port(struct mlx5e_priv *priv, u16 port);
+void mlx5e_vxlan_del_port(struct mlx5e_priv *priv, u16 port);
And move vxlan_add/del_work to en_main.c since they are netdev only
logic.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Add direct vxlan delete function to be called from vxlan_delete_work.
Needed in downstream patch.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Cleanup the sa_family member of the vxlan work, it is unused/needed
anywhere in the code.
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The VXLAN database is accessed in the data path for each VXLAN TX skb in
order to check whether the UDP port is being offloaded or not.
The number of elements in the database is relatively small, we can
simplify the radix-tree to a hash table and speedup the lookup process.
Measuring mlx5e_vxlan_lookup_port execution time:
Radix Tree Hash Table
--------------- ------------ ------------
Single Stream 161 ns 79 ns (51% improvement)
Multi Stream 259 ns 136 ns (47% improvement)
Measuring UDP stream packet rate, single fully utilized TX core:
Radix Tree: 498,300 PPS
Hash Table: 555,468 PPS (11% improvement)
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The NIC has a limited number of offloaded VXLAN UDP ports (usually 4).
Instead of letting the firmware fail when trying to add more ports than
it can handle, let the driver check it on its own.
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The hardware offloads 4789 UDP port (default VXLAN port) automatically.
Add it to the software database as well in order to reflect the hardware
state appropriately.
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
nv_probe() is never called in atomic context.
It calls dma_alloc_coherent() with GFP_ATOMIC, which is not necessary.
GFP_ATOMIC can be replaced with GFP_KERNEL.
This is found by a static analysis tool named DCNS written by myself.
Signed-off-by: Jia-Ju Bai <baijiaju1990@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
jme_wait_link() is never called in atomic context.
It calls mdelay() to busily wait, which is not necessary.
mdelay() can be replaced with msleep() and usleep_range().
This is found by a static analysis tool named DCNS written by myself.
Signed-off-by: Jia-Ju Bai <baijiaju1990@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
hns_ppe_common_init_hw() and hns_xgmac_init() are never
called in atomic context.
They call mdelay() to busily wait, which is not necessary.
mdelay() can be replaced with msleep().
This is found by a static analysis tool named DCNS written by myself.
Signed-off-by: Jia-Ju Bai <baijiaju1990@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
pcnet32_alloc_ring() is never called in atomic context.
It calls kcalloc() with GFP_ATOMIC, which is not necessary.
GFP_ATOMIC can be replaced with GFP_KERNEL.
This is found by a static analysis tool named DCNS written by myself.
Signed-off-by: Jia-Ju Bai <baijiaju1990@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The APP TLVs are used for communicating priority-to-protocol ID maps for
a given netdevice. Support the following APP TLVs:
- DSCP (selector 5) to configure priority-to-DSCP code point maps. Use
these maps to configure packet priority on ingress, and DSCP code
point rewrite on egress.
- Default priority (selector 1, PID 0) to configure priority for the
DSCP code points that don't have one assigned by the DSCP selector. In
future this could also be used for assigning default port priority
when a packet arrives without DSCP tagging.
Besides setting up the maps themselves, also configure port trust level
and rewrite bits.
Port trust level determines whether, for a packet arriving through a
certain port, the priority should be determined based on PCP or DSCP
header fields. So far, mlxsw kept the device default of trust-PCP. Now,
as soon as the first DSCP APP TLV is configured, switch to trust-DSCP.
Only when all DSCP APP TLVs are removed, switch back to trust-PCP again.
Note that the default priority APP TLV doesn't impact the trust level
configuration.
Rewrite bits determine whether DSCP and PCP fields of egressing packets
should be updated according to switch priority. When port trust is
switched to DSCP, enable rewrite of DSCP field.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This register controls mapping from Priority to DSCP for purposes of
rewrite. Note that rewrite happens as the packet is transmitted provided
that the DSCP rewrite bit is enabled for the packet.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This register configures the rewrite enable (whether PCP or DSCP value
in packet should be updated according to packet priority) per receive
port.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The QPTS register controls the port policy to calculate the switch
priority and packet color based on incoming packet fields.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The QPDPM register controls the mapping from DSCP field to Switch
Priority for IP packets.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do not define again the polynomial but use header with existing define.
Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Kozlowski <krzk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
FW can put constraints on map element size to maximize resource
use and efficiency. When user attempts offload of a map which
does not fit into those constraints an informational message is
printed to kernel logs to inform user about the reason offload
failed. Map offload does not have access to any advanced error
reporting like verifier log or extack. There is also currently
no way for us to nicely expose the FW capabilities to user
space. Given all those constraints we should make sure log
messages are as informative as possible. Improve them.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Record perf maps by map ID, not raw kernel pointer. This helps
with debug messages, because printing pointers to logs is frowned
upon, and makes debug easier for the users, as map ID is something
they should be more familiar with. Note that perf maps are offload
neutral, therefore IDs won't be orphaned.
While at it use a rate limited print helper for the error message.
Reported-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Control queue is fairly low latency, and requires SKB allocations,
which means we can't even reach 0.5Msps with perf events. Allow
perf events to be delivered to data queues. This allows us to not
only use multiple queues, but also receive and deliver to user space
more than 5Msps per queue (Xeon E5-2630 v4 2.20GHz, no retpolines).
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
In preparation for SKB-less perf event handling make
nfp_bpf_event_output() take buffer address and length,
not SKB as parameters.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Port id 0xffffffff is reserved for control messages. Allow reception
of messages with this id on data queues. Hand off a raw buffer to
the higher layer code, without allocating SKB for max efficiency.
The RX handle can't modify or keep the buffer, after it returns
buffer is handed back over to the NIC RX free buffer list.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Representor packets are received on PF queues with special metadata tag
for demux. There is no reason to resolve the representor ID -> netdev
after the skb has been allocated. Move the code, this will allow us to
handle special FW messages without SKB allocation overhead.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
This series from Tariq adds the support for device-out XDP redirect.
Start with a simple RX and XDP cleanups:
- Replace call to MPWQE free with dealloc in interface down flow
- Do not recycle RX pages in interface down flow
- Gather all XDP pre-requisite checks in a single function
- Restrict the combination of large MTU and XDP
Since now XDP logic is going to be called from TX side as well,
generic XDP TX logic is not RX only anymore, for that Tariq creates
a new xdp.c file and moves XDP related code into it, and generalizes
the code to support XDP TX for XDP redirect, such as the xdp tx sq
structures and xdp counters.
XDP redirect support:
Add implementation for the ndo_xdp_xmit callback.
Dedicate a new set of XDP-SQ instances to satisfy the XDP_REDIRECT
requests. These instances are totally separated from the existing
XDP-SQ objects that satisfy local XDP_TX actions.
Performance tests:
xdp_redirect_map from ConnectX-5 to ConnectX-5.
CPU: Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU E5-2680 v3 @ 2.50GHz
Packet-rate of 64B packets.
Single queue: 7 Mpps.
Multi queue: 55 Mpps.
-Saeed.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJbWk7YAAoJEEg/ir3gV/o+b+4H/RKfHrDgqRcz+qw2hYqMc/0Q
N/s6SaZm/AZi63lOwUeeSGORJSGYxxbwcWFNuI6CZrHEupi0zQivDko+E3fTPeDQ
3Y7jAaLjB0ZsWwEukcgZ1PG1QIYUg2/EBijG+aah9q/TuUfsFYJDRImlXRi5zvSe
34yuLls6ctuoxoet5S5SVWFssdQZ2YpmmMNqVmQIRGDSmd03dhE1WUGUGmPhR5mK
vxUBL5X3ucb1lcqxpFnZqsrIZphxkimX0q8qUK1yHk7VU4JXZgikPkRFM1mnlNt0
YosvDlnDqJugBvYspBUx+9au8wxgPwpHEbnGKdS/npsIuNXa0ZFnEky1tp6CzV0=
=3CNK
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5e-updates-2018-07-26' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5e-updates-2018-07-26 (XDP redirect)
This series from Tariq adds the support for device-out XDP redirect.
Start with a simple RX and XDP cleanups:
- Replace call to MPWQE free with dealloc in interface down flow
- Do not recycle RX pages in interface down flow
- Gather all XDP pre-requisite checks in a single function
- Restrict the combination of large MTU and XDP
Since now XDP logic is going to be called from TX side as well,
generic XDP TX logic is not RX only anymore, for that Tariq creates
a new xdp.c file and moves XDP related code into it, and generalizes
the code to support XDP TX for XDP redirect, such as the xdp tx sq
structures and xdp counters.
XDP redirect support:
Add implementation for the ndo_xdp_xmit callback.
Dedicate a new set of XDP-SQ instances to satisfy the XDP_REDIRECT
requests. These instances are totally separated from the existing
XDP-SQ objects that satisfy local XDP_TX actions.
Performance tests:
xdp_redirect_map from ConnectX-5 to ConnectX-5.
CPU: Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU E5-2680 v3 @ 2.50GHz
Packet-rate of 64B packets.
Single queue: 7 Mpps.
Multi queue: 55 Mpps.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
UBSAN triggers the following undefined behaviour warnings:
[...]
[ 13.236124] UBSAN: Undefined behaviour in drivers/net/ethernet/amazon/ena/ena_eth_com.c:468:22
[ 13.240043] shift exponent 64 is too large for 64-bit type 'long long unsigned int'
[...]
[ 13.744769] UBSAN: Undefined behaviour in drivers/net/ethernet/amazon/ena/ena_eth_com.c:373:4
[ 13.748694] shift exponent 64 is too large for 64-bit type 'long long unsigned int'
[...]
When splitting the address to high and low, GENMASK_ULL is used to generate
a bitmask with dma_addr_bits field from io_sq (in ena_com_prepare_tx and
ena_com_add_single_rx_desc).
The problem is that dma_addr_bits is not initialized with a proper value
(besides being cleared in ena_com_create_io_queue).
Assign dma_addr_bits the correct value that is stored in ena_dev when
initializing the SQ.
Fixes: 1738cd3ed3 ("net: ena: Add a driver for Amazon Elastic Network Adapters (ENA)")
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <pressmangal@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
starfire_init_one() is never called in atomic context.
It calls mdelay() to busily wait, which is not necessary.
mdelay() can be replaced with msleep().
This is found by a static analysis tool named DCNS written by myself.
Signed-off-by: Jia-Ju Bai <baijiaju1990@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
hns_dsaf_roce_reset is exported and used in hns_roce_hw_v1.c
In commit 336a443bd9 ("net: hns: Make many functions static") I make
it static wrongly.
drivers/infiniband/hw/hns/hns_roce_hw_v1.o: In function `hns_roce_v1_reset':
hns_roce_hw_v1.c:(.text+0x37ac): undefined reference to `hns_dsaf_roce_reset'
hns_roce_hw_v1.c:(.text+0x37cc): undefined reference to `hns_dsaf_roce_reset'
Fixes: 336a443bd9 ("net: hns: Make many functions static")
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use designated function mlx5e_dma_get() to get
the mlx5e_sq_dma object to be pushed into fifo.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Pointers in DB are static, move them to read-only area so they
do not share a cacheline with fields modified in datapath.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
A loaded XDP program might write to the xdp_frame data area,
prefetchw() it to avoid a potential cache miss.
Performance tests:
ConnectX-5, XDP_TX packet rate, single ring.
CPU: Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU E5-2680 v3 @ 2.50GHz
Before: 13,172,976 pps
After: 13,456,248 pps
2% gain.
Fixes: 22f4539881 ("net/mlx5e: Support XDP over Striding RQ")
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Add implementation for the ndo_xdp_xmit callback.
Dedicate a new set of XDP-SQ instances to satisfy the XDP_REDIRECT
requests. These instances are totally separated from the existing
XDP-SQ objects that satisfy local XDP_TX actions.
Performance tests:
xdp_redirect_map from ConnectX-5 to ConnectX-5.
CPU: Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU E5-2680 v3 @ 2.50GHz
Packet-rate of 64B packets.
Single queue: 7 Mpps.
Multi queue: 55 Mpps.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Eugenia Emantayev <eugenia@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
In the downstream patch that adds support to XDP_REDIRECT-out,
the XDP xmit frame function doesn't share the same run context as
the NAPI that polls the XDP-SQ completion queue.
Hence, need to re-order the XDP-SQ fields to avoid cacheline
false-sharing.
Take redirect_flush and doorbell out of DB, into separated
cachelines.
Add a cacheline breaker within the stats struct.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Separate the XDP counters into two sets:
(1) One set reside in the RQ stats, and they monitor XDP stats
in the RQ side.
(2) Another set is per XDP-SQ, and they monitor XDP stats that
are related to XDP transmit flow.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Eugenia Emantayev <eugenia@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Convert the XDP xmit functions to use the generic xdp_frame API
in XDP_TX flow.
Same functions will be used later in this series to transmit
the XDP redirect-out packets as well.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Eugenia Emantayev <eugenia@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Add per-ring and total stats for received packets that
goes into XDP redirection.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Take XDP code out of the general EN header and RX file into
new XDP files.
Currently, XDP-SQ resides only within an RQ and used from a
single flow (XDP_TX) triggered upon RX completions.
In a downstream patch, additional type of XDP-SQ instances will be
presented and used for the XDP_REDIRECT flow, totally unrelated to
the RX context.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Add checks in control path upon an MTU change or an XDP program set,
to prevent reaching cases where large MTU and XDP are set simultaneously.
This is to make sure we allow XDP only with the linear RX memory scheme,
i.e. a received packet is not scattered to different pages.
Change mlx5e_rx_get_linear_frag_sz() accordingly, so that we make sure
the XDP configuration can really be set, instead of assuming that it is.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Dedicate a function to all checks done when setting an XDP program.
Take indications from priv instead of netdev features.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
No need to expose the MPWQE free function to control path.
The dealloc function already exposed, use it.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
10GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2018-07-26
This series contains updates to ixgbe and igb.
Tony fixes ixgbe to add checks to ensure jumbo frames or LRO get enabled
after an XDP program is loaded.
Shannon Nelson adds the missing security configuration registers to the
ixgbe register dump, which will help in debugging.
Christian Grönke fixes an issue in igb that occurs on SGMII based SPF
mdoules, by reverting changes from 2 previous patches. The issue was
that initialization would fail on the fore mentioned modules because the
driver would try to reset the PHY before obtaining the PHY address of
the SGMII attached PHY.
Venkatesh Srinivas replaces wmb() with dma_wmb() for doorbell writes,
which avoids SFENCEs before the doorbell writes.
Alex cleans up and refactors ixgbe Tx/Rx shutdown to reduce time needed
to stop the device. The code refactor allows us to take the completion
time into account when disabling queues, so that on some platforms with
higher completion times, would not result in receive queues disabled
messages.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following sparse warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_ae_adapt.c:73:20: warning: symbol 'hns_ae_get_handle' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_ae_adapt.c:332:6: warning: symbol 'hns_ae_stop' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_ae_adapt.c:360:6: warning: symbol 'hns_ae_toggle_ring_irq' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_ae_adapt.c:580:6: warning: symbol 'hns_ae_update_stats' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_ae_adapt.c:663:6: warning: symbol 'hns_ae_get_stats' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_ae_adapt.c:695:6: warning: symbol 'hns_ae_get_strings' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_ae_adapt.c:728:5: warning: symbol 'hns_ae_get_sset_count' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_ae_adapt.c:774:6: warning: symbol 'hns_ae_update_led_status' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_ae_adapt.c:786:5: warning: symbol 'hns_ae_cpld_set_led_id' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_ae_adapt.c:798:6: warning: symbol 'hns_ae_get_regs' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_ae_adapt.c:823:5: warning: symbol 'hns_ae_get_regs_len' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf_gmac.c:342:6: warning: symbol 'hns_gmac_update_stats' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf_mac.c:934:12: warning: symbol 'hns_mac_get_vaddr' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf_mac.c:953:5: warning: symbol 'hns_mac_get_cfg' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf_misc.c:343:6: warning: symbol 'hns_dsaf_srst_chns' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf_misc.c:366:1: warning: symbol 'hns_dsaf_srst_chns_acpi' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf_misc.c:373:6: warning: symbol 'hns_dsaf_roce_srst' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf_misc.c:387:6: warning: symbol 'hns_dsaf_roce_srst_acpi' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf_misc.c:571:5: warning: symbol 'hns_mac_get_sfp_prsnt' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf_misc.c:589:5: warning: symbol 'hns_mac_get_sfp_prsnt_acpi' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf_main.c:31:12: warning: symbol 'g_dsaf_mode_match' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf_main.c:45:5: warning: symbol 'hns_dsaf_get_cfg' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf_main.c:962:6: warning: symbol 'hns_dsaf_tcam_addr_get' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf_main.c:2087:6: warning: symbol 'hns_dsaf_port_work_rate_cfg' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf_main.c:2837:5: warning: symbol 'hns_dsaf_roce_reset' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf_ppe.c:76:5: warning: symbol 'hns_ppe_common_get_cfg' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf_ppe.c:107:6: warning: symbol 'hns_ppe_common_free_cfg' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf_ppe.c:340:6: warning: symbol 'hns_ppe_uninit_ex' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf_rcb.c:708:5: warning: symbol 'hns_rcb_get_ring_num' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf_rcb.c:744:14: warning: symbol 'hns_rcb_common_get_vaddr' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf_xgmac.c:314:6: warning: symbol 'hns_xgmac_update_stats' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_enet.c:1303:6: warning: symbol 'hns_nic_update_stats' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_enet.c:1585:6: warning: symbol 'hns_nic_poll_controller' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_enet.c:1938:6: warning: symbol 'hns_set_multicast_list' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_enet.c:1960:6: warning: symbol 'hns_nic_set_rx_mode' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_ethtool.c:661:6: warning: symbol 'hns_get_ringparam' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_ethtool.c:811:6: warning: symbol 'hns_get_channels' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_ethtool.c:828:6: warning: symbol 'hns_get_ethtool_stats' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_ethtool.c:886:6: warning: symbol 'hns_get_strings' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_ethtool.c:976:5: warning: symbol 'hns_get_sset_count' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_ethtool.c:1010:5: warning: symbol 'hns_phy_led_set' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_ethtool.c:1032:5: warning: symbol 'hns_set_phys_id' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_ethtool.c:1106:6: warning: symbol 'hns_get_regs' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If we enable or disable xgbe flow-control by ethtool ,
it does't work.Because the parameter is not properly
assigned,so we need to adjust the assignment order
of the parameters.
Fixes: c1ce2f7736 ("amd-xgbe: Fix flow control setting logic")
Signed-off-by: tangpengpeng <tangpengpeng@higon.com>
Acked-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change is meant to allow us to take completion time into account when
disabling queues. Previously we were just working with hard coded values
for how long we should wait. This worked fine for the standard case where
completion timeout was operating in the 50us to 50ms range, however on
platforms that have higher completion timeout times this was resulting in
Rx queues disable messages being displayed as we weren't waiting long
enough for outstanding Rx DMA completions.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Don Buchholz <donald.buchholz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change is meant to help reduce the time needed to shutdown the
transmit and receive paths for the device. Specifically what we now do
after this patch is disable the transmit path first at the netdev level,
and then work on disabling the Rx. This way while we are waiting on the Rx
queues to be disabled the Tx queues have an opportunity to drain out.
In addition I have dropped the 10ms timeout that was left in the ixgbe_down
function that seems to have been carried through from back in e1000 as far
as I can tell. We shouldn't need it since we don't actually disable the Tx
until much later and we have additional logic in place for verifying the Tx
queues have been disabled.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Don Buchholz <donald.buchholz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
igb writes to doorbells to post transmit and receive descriptors;
after writing descriptors to memory but before writing to doorbells,
use dma_wmb() rather than wmb(). wmb() is more heavyweight than
necessary before doorbell writes.
On x86, this avoids SFENCEs before doorbell writes in both the
tx and rx refill paths.
Signed-off-by: Venkatesh Srinivas <venkateshs@google.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch reverts two previous applied patches to fix an issue
that appeared when using SGMII based SFP modules. In the current
state the driver will try to reset the PHY before obtaining the
phy_addr of the SGMII attached PHY. That leads to an error in
e1000_write_phy_reg_sgmii_82575. Causing the initialization to
fail:
igb: Intel(R) Gigabit Ethernet Network Driver - version 5.4.0-k
igb: Copyright (c) 2007-2014 Intel Corporation.
igb: probe of ????:??:??.? failed with error -3
The patches being reverted are:
commit 1827853354
Author: Aaron Sierra <asierra@xes-inc.com>
Date: Tue Nov 29 10:03:56 2016 -0600
igb: reset the PHY before reading the PHY ID
commit 440aeca4b9
Author: Matwey V Kornilov <matwey@sai.msu.ru>
Date: Thu Nov 24 13:32:48 2016 +0300
igb: Explicitly select page 0 at initialization
The first reverted patch directly causes the problem mentioned above.
In case of SGMII the phy_addr is not known at this point and will
only be obtained by 'igb_get_phy_id_82575' further down in the code.
The second removed patch selects forces selection of page 0 in the
PHY. Something that the reset tries to address as well.
As pointed out by Alexander Duzck, the patch below fixes the same
issue but in the proper location:
commit 4e684f59d7
Author: Chris J Arges <christopherarges@gmail.com>
Date: Wed Nov 2 09:13:42 2016 -0500
igb: Workaround for igb i210 firmware issue
Reverts: 440aeca4b9.
Reverts: 1827853354.
Signed-off-by: Christian Grönke <c.groenke@infodas.de>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add the ixgbe's security configuration registers into
the register dump.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
XDP does not support jumbo frames or LRO. These checks are being made
outside the driver when an XDP program is loaded, however, there is
nothing preventing these from changing after an XDP program is loaded.
Add the checks so that while an XDP program is loaded, do not allow MTU
to be changed or LRO to be enabled.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Break statements were missing for Geneve case in
ndo_udp_tunnel_{add/del}, thereby raw mac matchall
entries were not getting added.
Fixes: c746fc0e8b2d("cxgb4: add geneve offload support for T6")
Signed-off-by: Arjun Vynipadath <arjun@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use array_size() and store the size as full size_t to protect from
theoretical size overflow when handling HW descriptor rings.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 7f1c684a89 ("nfp: setup xdp_rxq_info") mixed the cache
cold and cache hot data in the nfp_net_rx_ring structure (ignoring
the feedback), to try to fit the structure into 2 cache lines
after struct xdp_rxq_info was added. Now that we are about to add
a new field the structure will grow back to 3 cache lines, so
order the members correctly.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use kvcalloc() instead of tmp variable + kzalloc() when allocating
SW buffer information to allow falling back to vmalloc and to protect
from theoretical integer overflow.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On machines with buggy ACPI tables or when SR-IOV is already enabled
we may not be able to set the SR-IOV VF limit in sysfs, it's not fatal
because the limit is imposed by the driver anyway. Only the sysfs
'sriov_totalvfs' attribute will be too high. Print an error to inform
user about the failure but allow probe to continue.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dma_mapping_error() returns true or false, but we want
to return -ENOMEM if there was an error.
Fixes: 174fd2597b ("amd-xgbe: Implement split header receive support")
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that all the pieces are in place we can start using the A-TCAM
instead of only using the C-TCAM. This allows for much higher scale and
better performance (to be improved further by follow-up patch sets).
Perform the integration with the A-TCAM and the eRP core by reverting
the changes introduced by "mlxsw: spectrum_acl: Enable C-TCAM only mode
in eRP core" and add calls from the C-TCAM code into the eRP core.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement rule insertion and deletion into the A-TCAM before we flip the
driver to start using the A-TCAM.
Rule insertion into the A-TCAM is very similar to C-TCAM, but there are
subtle differences between regions of different sizes (i.e., different
number of key blocks).
Specifically, as explained in "mlxsw: spectrum_acl: Allow encoding a
partial key", in 12 key blocks regions a rule is split into two and the
two halves of the rule are linked using a "large entry key ID".
Such differences are abstracted away by using different region
operations per region type.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When A-TCAM will be used together with C-TCAM, the C-TCAM code will need
to call into the eRP core in order to get an eRP for an inserted entry.
The eRP core takes an A-TCAM region as one of its arguments, so pass the
C-TCAM region to the insertion function which will later allow us to
derive the A-TCAM region, given it contains the C-TCAM one.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before we start using the A-TCAM we need to make sure the region is
properly initialized.
This includes the setting of its type (which affects the size of its eRP
table, for example) and its registration with the eRP core.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each TCAM region currently uses its own resources and there is no
sharing between the different regions.
This is going to change with A-TCAM as each region will need to allocate
an eRP table from the global eRP tables array.
Make the global TCAM resources available to each region by passing the
TCAM private data to the region initialization routine.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In Spectrum-2 the C-TCAM is only used for rules that can't fit in the
A-TCAM due to a limited number of masks per A-TCAM region.
In addition, rules inserted into the C-TCAM may affect rules residing in
the A-TCAM, by clearing their C-TCAM prune bit.
The two regions are thus closely related and can be thought of as if the
C-TCAM region is encapsulated in the A-TCAM one.
Change the data structures to reflect that before introducing A-TCAM
support and make C-TCAM region initialization part of the A-TCAM region
initialization sequence.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Initialize the A-TCAM as part of the driver's initialization routine.
Specifically, initialize the eRP tables so that A-TCAM regions will be
able to perform allocations of eRP tables upon rule insertion in
subsequent patches.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When working with 12 key blocks in the A-TCAM, rules are split into two
records, which constitute two lookups. The two records are linked using
a "large entry key ID". The ID is assigned to key blocks 6 to 11 and
resolved during the first lookup. The second lookup is performed using
the ID and the remaining key blocks.
Allow encoding a partial key so that it can be later used to check if an
ID can be reused.
This is done by adding two arguments to the existing encode function
that specify the range of the block indexes we would like to encode. The
key and mask arguments become optional, as we will not need to encode
both of them all the time.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In a similar fashion to Spectrum-1's region struct, Spectrum-2's struct
needs to store a pointer to the common region struct.
The pointer will be used in follow-up patches that implement rules
insertion and deletion.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The number of eRPs that can be used by a single A-TCAM region is limited
to 16. When more eRPs are needed, an ordinary circuit TCAM (C-TCAM) can
be used to hold the extra eRPs.
Unlike the A-TCAM, only a single (last) lookup is performed in the
C-TCAM and not a lookup per-eRP. However, modeling the C-TCAM as extra
eRPs will allow us to easily introduce support for pruning in a
follow-up patch set and is also logically correct.
The following diagram depicts the relation between both TCAMs:
C-TCAM
+-------------------+ +--------------------+ +-----------+
| | | | | |
| eRP #1 (A-TCAM) +----> ... +----+ eRP #16 (A-TCAM) +----+ eRP #17 |
| | | | | ... |
+-------------------+ +--------------------+ | eRP #N |
| |
+-----------+
Lookup order is from left to right.
Extend the eRP core APIs with a C-TCAM parameter which indicates whether
the requested eRP is to be used with the C-TCAM or not.
Since the C-TCAM is only meant to absorb rules that can't fit in the
A-TCAM due to exceeded number of eRPs or key collision, an error is
returned when a C-TCAM eRP needs to be created when the eRP state
machine is in its initial state (i.e., 'no masks'). This should only
happen in the face of very unlikely errors when trying to push rules
into the A-TCAM.
In order not to perform unnecessary lookups, the eRP core will only
enable a C-TCAM lookup for a given region if it knows there are C-TCAM
eRPs present.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, no calls are performed into the eRP core, but in order to
make review easier we would like to gradually add these calls.
Have the eRP core initialize a region's master mask to all ones and
allow it to use an empty eRP table. This directs the lookup to the
C-TCAM and allows the C-TCAM only mode to continue working.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When rules are inserted into the A-TCAM they are associated with a mask,
which is part of the lookup key: { masked key, mask ID, region ID }.
These masks are called rule patterns (RP) and the aggregation of several
masks into one (to be introduced in follow-up patch sets) is called an
extended RP (eRP).
When a packet undergoes a lookup in an ACL region it is masked by the
current set of eRPs used by the region, looking for an exact match.
Eventually, the rule with the highest priority is picked.
These eRPs are stored in several global banks to allow for lookup to
occur using several eRPs simultaneously.
At first, an ACL region will only require a single mask - upon the
insertion of the first rule. In this case, the region can use the
"master RP" which is composed by OR-ing all the masks used by the
region. This mask is a property of the region and thus there is no need
to use the above mentioned banks.
At some point, a second mask will be needed. In this case, the region
will need to allocate an eRP table from the above mentioned banks and
insert its masks there.
>From now on, upon lookup, the eRP table used by the region will be
fetched from the eRP banks - using {eRP bank, Index within the bank} -
and the eRPs present in the table will be used to mask the packet. Note
that masks with consecutive indexes are inserted into consecutive banks.
When rules are deleted and a region only needs a single mask once again
it can free its eRP table and use the master RP.
The above logic is implemented in the eRP core and represented using the
following state machine:
+------------+ create mask - as master RP +---------------+
| +--------------------------------> |
| no masks | | single mask |
| <--------------------------------+ |
+------------+ delete mask +-----+--^------+
| |
| |
create mask - | | delete mask -
create mask transition to use eRP | | transition to
+--------+ table | | use master RP
| | | |
| | | |
+----v--------+----+ create mask +----v--+-----+
| <-------------------------------+ |
| multiple masks | | two masks |
| +-------------------------------> |
+------------------+ delete mask - if two +-------------+
remaining
The code that actually configures rules in the A-TCAM will interface
with the eRP core by getting or putting an eRP based on the required
mask used by the rule.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the following resources to be used by A-TCAM code:
* Maximum number of eRP banks
* Maximum size of eRP bank
* Number of eRP entries required for a 2/4/8/12 key blocks mask
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a resource to make sure we do not exceed the maximum number of
supported large key IDs in a region.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The register is used to add and delete eRPs from the eRP table.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The register is used to configure rules in the A-TCAM.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before introducing A-TCAM support we need to make sure all the necessary
fields are configurable and not hard coded to values that worked for the
C-TCAM only use case.
This includes - for example - the ability to configure the eRP table
used by the TCAM region.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following sparse warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/microchip/lan743x_main.c:2944:25: warning:
symbol 'lan743x_pm_ops' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Bryan Whitehead <Bryan.Whitehead@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow obtaining MTTs starting at any index,
thus give a better cache utilization.
For this, allow setting log_mtts_per_seg to 0, and use
this in default.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Anaty Rahamim Bar Kat <anaty@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enable offloading of TC matching on tos/ttl for ipv4/6 tunnels.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the values provided by user-space for the encapsulation headers.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currnetly, the ttl for the encapsulation headers is taken from the
route lookup result. As a pre-step to allow for an offload case when
the user specifies the ttl, take it from the route lookup only if
not zero. While here, also move to use u8 instead int for the ttl.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Otherwise interfaces get exposed under /sys/devices/virtual, which
doesn't give udev the context it needs for PCI-based predictable
interface names.
Signed-off-by: dann frazier <dann.frazier@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The vxge driver doesn't need anything provided by pci_hotplug.h, so remove
the unnecessary include of it.
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Acked-by: Jon Mason <jdmason@kudzu.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use generic kernel CRC32 implementation because it:
1. Should be faster (uses lookup tables),
2. Removes duplicated CRC generation code,
3. Uses well-proven algorithm instead of coding it one more time.
Suggested-by: Eric Biggers <ebiggers3@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Kozlowski <krzk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use generic kernel CRC32 implementation because it:
1. Should be faster (uses lookup tables),
2. Removes duplicated CRC generation code,
3. Uses well-proven algorithm instead of coding it one more time.
Suggested-by: Eric Biggers <ebiggers3@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Kozlowski <krzk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rx hash/filter table configuration uses rss_conf_obj to configure filters
in the hardware. This object is initialized only when the interface is
brought up.
This patch adds driver changes to configure rss params only when the device
is in opened state. In port disabled case, the config will be cached in the
driver structure which will be applied in the successive load path.
Please consider applying it to 'net' branch.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Function mlx4_RST2INIT_QP_wrapper saved the qp number passed in the qp
context, rather than the one passed in the input modifier.
However, the qp number in the qp context is not defined as a
required parameter by the FW. Therefore, drivers may choose to not
specify the qp number in the qp context for the reset-to-init transition.
Thus, we must save the qp number passed in the command input modifier --
which is always present. (This saved qp number is used as the input
modifier for command 2RST_QP when a slave's qp's are destroyed).
Fixes: c82e9aa0a8 ("mlx4_core: resource tracking for HCA resources used by guests")
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 7edf6d314c tried to resolve an inconsistency (BIOS WoL
settings are accepted, but device isn't wakeup-enabled) resulting
from a previous broken-BIOS workaround by making disabled WoL the
default.
This however had some side effects, most likely due to a broken BIOS
some systems don't properly resume from suspend when the MagicPacket
WoL bit isn't set in the chip, see
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=200195
Therefore restore the WoL behavior from 4.16.
Reported-by: Albert Astals Cid <aacid@kde.org>
Fixes: 7edf6d314c ("r8169: disable WOL per default")
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
From git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mellanox/linux.git
This is required to resolve dependencies of the next series of RDMA
patches.
* branch 'mellanox/mlx5-next':
net/mlx5: Add support for flow table destination number
net/mlx5: Add forward compatible support for the FTE match data
net/mlx5: Fix tristate and description for MLX5 module
net/mlx5: Better return types for CQE API
net/mlx5: Use ERR_CAST() instead of coding it
net/mlx5: Add missing SET_DRIVER_VERSION command translation
net/mlx5: Add XRQ commands definitions
net/mlx5: Add core support for double vlan push/pop steering action
net/mlx5: Expose MPEGC (Management PCIe General Configuration) structures
net/mlx5: FW tracer, add hardware structures
net/mlx5: fix uaccess beyond "count" in debugfs read/write handlers
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
This information needs to be collected in vmcore device dump as well.
So, move to common code.
Fixes: fa145d5dfd ("cxgb4: display number of rx and tx pages free")
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Return extack messages in order to explain failures
of unsupported actions, keys and invalid user input.
Signed-off-by: Nir Dotan <nird@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Return extack messages for failures in action set creation.
Messages provide reasons for not being able to implement
the action in HW.
Signed-off-by: Nir Dotan <nird@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Return extack messages for failures in action set creation.
Errors may occur when action is not currently supported or due
to lack of resources.
Signed-off-by: Nir Dotan <nird@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Propagate extack pointer in order to add extack messages for ACL.
In the follow-up patches, appropriate messages will be added
in various points.
Signed-off-by: Nir Dotan <nird@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support to set a destination from a flow table number.
This functionality will be used in downstream patches from this
series by the DEVX stuff.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Use the PRM size including the reserved when working with the FTE
match data.
This comes to support forward compatibility for cases that current
reserved data will be exposed by the firmware by an application that
uses the DEVX API without changing the kernel.
Also drop some driver checks around the match criteria leaving the work
for firmware to enable forward compatibility for future bits there.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Since cld_flower provides information about the filter template for
specific chain, use this information in order to prepare a region.
Use the template to find out what elements are going to be used
and pass that down to mlxsw_sp_acl_tcam_group_add(). Later on, when the
first filter is inserted, the mlxsw_sp_acl_tcam_group_use_patterns()
function would use this element usage information instead of looking
up a pattern.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Need to restore shapers configuration after interface was down/up.
This is needed as appropriate configuration is still replicated in
kernel settings. This only shapers context restore, so vlan
configuration should be restored by user if needed, especially for
devices with one port where vlan frames are sent via ALE.
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The cpsw has up to 4 FIFOs per port and upper 3 FIFOs can feed rate
limited queue with shaping. In order to set and enable shaping for
those 3 FIFOs queues the network device with CBS qdisc attached is
needed. The CBS configuration is added for dual-emac/single port mode
only, but potentially can be used in switch mode also, based on
switchdev for instance.
Despite the FIFO shapers can work w/o cpdma level shapers the base
usage must be in combine with cpdma level shapers as described in TRM,
that are set as maximum rates for interface queues with sysfs.
One of the possible configuration with txq shapers and CBS shapers:
Configured with echo RATE >
/sys/class/net/eth0/queues/tx-0/tx_maxrate
/---------------------------------------------------
/
/ cpdma level shapers
+----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ +----+
| c7 | | c6 | | c5 | | c4 | | c3 | | c2 | | c1 | | c0 |
\ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ /
\ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ /
\/ \/ \/ \/ \/ \/ \/ \/
+---------|------|------|------|-------------------------------------+
| +----+ | | +---+ |
| | +----+ | | |
| v v v v |
| +----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ p p+----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ |
| | | | | | | | | o o| | | | | | | | |
| | f3 | | f2 | | f1 | | f0 | r CPSW r| f3 | | f2 | | f1 | | f0 | |
| | | | | | | | | t t| | | | | | | | |
| \ / \ / \ / \ / 0 1\ / \ / \ / \ / |
| \ X \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / |
| \/ \ \/ \/ \/ \/ \/ \/ \/ |
+-------\------------------------------------------------------------+
\
\ FIFO shaper, set with CBS offload added in this patch,
\ FIFO0 cannot be rate limited
------------------------------------------------------
CBS shaper configuration is supposed to be used with root MQPRIO Qdisc
offload allowing to add sk_prio->tc->txq maps that direct traffic to
appropriate tx queue and maps L2 priority to FIFO shaper.
The CBS shaper is intended to be used for AVB where L2 priority
(pcp field) is used to differentiate class of traffic. So additionally
vlan needs to be created with appropriate egress sk_prio->l2 prio map.
If CBS has several tx queues assigned to it, the sum of their
bandwidth has not overlap bandwidth set for CBS. It's recomended the
CBS bandwidth to be a little bit more.
The CBS shaper is configured with CBS qdisc offload interface using tc
tool from iproute2 packet.
For instance:
$ tc qdisc replace dev eth0 handle 100: parent root mqprio num_tc 3 \
map 2 2 1 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 queues 1@0 1@1 2@2 hw 1
$ tc -g class show dev eth0
+---(100:ffe2) mqprio
| +---(100:3) mqprio
| +---(100:4) mqprio
|
+---(100:ffe1) mqprio
| +---(100:2) mqprio
|
+---(100:ffe0) mqprio
+---(100:1) mqprio
$ tc qdisc add dev eth0 parent 100:1 cbs locredit -1440 \
hicredit 60 sendslope -960000 idleslope 40000 offload 1
$ tc qdisc add dev eth0 parent 100:2 cbs locredit -1470 \
hicredit 62 sendslope -980000 idleslope 20000 offload 1
The above code set CBS shapers for tc0 and tc1, for that txq0 and
txq1 is used. Pay attention, the real set bandwidth can differ a bit
due to discreteness of configuration parameters.
Here parameters like locredit, hicredit and sendslope are ignored
internally and are supposed to be set with assumption that maximum
frame size for frame - 1500.
It's supposed that interface speed is not changed while reconnection,
not always is true, so inform user in case speed of interface was
changed, as it can impact on dependent shapers configuration.
For more examples see Documentation.
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
That's possible to offload vlan to tc priority mapping with
assumption sk_prio == L2 prio.
Example:
$ ethtool -L eth0 rx 1 tx 4
$ qdisc replace dev eth0 handle 100: parent root mqprio num_tc 3 \
map 2 2 1 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 queues 1@0 1@1 2@2 hw 1
$ tc -g class show dev eth0
+---(100:ffe2) mqprio
| +---(100:3) mqprio
| +---(100:4) mqprio
|
+---(100:ffe1) mqprio
| +---(100:2) mqprio
|
+---(100:ffe0) mqprio
+---(100:1) mqprio
Here, 100:1 is txq0, 100:2 is txq1, 100:3 is txq2, 100:4 is txq3
txq0 belongs to tc0, txq1 to tc1, txq2 and txq3 to tc2
The offload part only maps L2 prio to classes of traffic, but not
to transmit queues, so to direct traffic to traffic class vlan has
to be created with appropriate egress map.
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
According to TRM tx rated channels should be in 7..0 order,
so correct it.
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The cpdma channel highest priority is from hi to lo number.
The driver has limited number of descriptors that are shared between
number of cpdma channels. Number of queues can be tuned with ethtool,
that allows to not spend descriptors on not needed cpdma channels.
In AVB usually only 2 tx queues can be enough with rate limitation.
The rate limitation can be used only for hi priority queues. Thus, to
use only 2 queues the 8 has to be created. It's wasteful.
So, in order to allow using only needed number of rate limited
tx queues, save resources, and be able to set rate limitation for
them, let assign tx cpdma channels in backward order to queues.
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes the splitting of UDP_GSO_L4 packets in the driver,
and exposes UDP_GSO_L4 as a PARTIAL_GSO feature. Thus, the network stack
is not responsible for splitting the packet into two.
Signed-off-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
As we can configure two push/pop actions in one flow table entry,
add support to offload those double vlan actions in a rule to HW.
Signed-off-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Extract actions offloading code to a new function, and also extend data
structures for double vlan actions.
Signed-off-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
We can match on both outer and inner vlan tags, add support for
offloading that.
Signed-off-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
It is possible for neigh entry not to exist if it was cleaned already.
When we bring down an interface the neigh gets deleted but it could be
that our listener for neigh event to clear the encap valid bit didn't
start yet and the neigh update last used work is started first.
In this scenario the encap entry has valid bit set but the neigh entry
doesn't exist.
Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Add the tracer file to the makefile and add the init
function to the load one flow.
Signed-off-by: Feras Daoud <ferasda@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
For each message the driver should do the following:
1- Find the message string in the strings database
2- Count the param number of each message
3- Wait for the param events and accumulate them
4- Calculate the event timestamp using the local event timestamp
and the first timestamp event following it.
5- Print message to trace log
Enable the tracing by:
echo 1 > /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/mlx5/mlx5_fw/enable
Read traces by:
cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/trace
Signed-off-by: Feras Daoud <ferasda@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Erez Shitrit <erezsh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The tracer has one event, event 0x26, with two subtypes:
- Subtype 0: Ownership change
- Subtype 1: Traces available
An ownership change occurs in the following cases:
1- Owner releases his ownership, in this case, an event will be
sent to inform others to reattempt acquire ownership.
2- Ownership was taken by a higher priority tool, in this case
the owner should understand that it lost ownership, and go through
tear down flow.
The second subtype indicates that there are traces in the trace buffer,
in this case, the driver polls the tracer buffer for new traces, parse
them and prepares the messages for printing.
The HW starts tracing from the first address in the tracer buffer.
Driver receives an event notifying that new trace block exists.
HW posts a timestamp event at the last 8B of every 256B block.
Comparing the timestamp to the last handled timestamp would indicate
that this is a new trace block. Once the new timestamp is detected,
the entire block is considered valid.
Block validation and parsing, should be done after copying the current
block to a different location, in order to avoid block overwritten
during processing.
Signed-off-by: Feras Daoud <ferasda@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
For each PF do the following:
1- Allocate memory for the tracer strings database and read the
strings from the FW to the SW. These strings will be used later for
parsing traces.
2- Allocate and dma map tracer buffers.
Traces that will be written into the buffer will be parsed as a group
of one or more traces, referred to as trace message. The trace message
represents a C-like printf string.
First trace of a message holds the pointer to the correct string in
strings database. The following traces holds the variables of the
message.
Signed-off-by: Feras Daoud <ferasda@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Implement FW tracer logic and registers access, initialization and
cleanup flows.
Initializing the tracer will be part of load one flow, as multiple
PFs will try to acquire ownership but only one will succeed and will
be the tracer owner.
Signed-off-by: Feras Daoud <ferasda@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
mlx5 core infrastructure updates and fixes.
From Eran:
- Add MPEGC (Management PCIe General Configuration) registers and btis
- Fix tristate and description for MLX5 module
rom Feras:
- Add hardware structures for the firmware tracer
From Jainbo:
- Core support for double vlan push/pop steering action
From Max:
- Add XRQ commands definitions
From Noa:
- Add missing SET_DRIVER_VERSION command translation
From Roi:
- Use ERR_CAST() instead of coding it
From Tariq:
- Better return types for CQE API
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Implement power management
Supports suspend, resume, and Wake on LAN
Signed-off-by: Bryan Whitehead <Bryan.Whitehead@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement ethtool eeprom access
Also provides access to OTP (One Time Programming)
Signed-off-by: Bryan Whitehead <Bryan.Whitehead@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement ethtool message level
Signed-off-by: Bryan Whitehead <Bryan.Whitehead@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement ethtool statistics
Signed-off-by: Bryan Whitehead <Bryan.Whitehead@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use default link setting functions
Signed-off-by: Bryan Whitehead <Bryan.Whitehead@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement ethtool get_drvinfo
Signed-off-by: Bryan Whitehead <Bryan.Whitehead@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sh_eth_tsu_read_entry() is still asymmetric with sh_eth_tsu_write_entry()
WRT their prototypes -- make them symmetric by passing to the former a TSU
register offset instead of its address and also adding the (now necessary)
'ndev' parameter...
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can add the TSU register base address to a TSU register offset right
in sh_eth_tsu_write_entry(), no need to do it in its callers...
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With sh_eth_tsu_get_offset() now actually returning TSU register's offset,
we can at last use it in sh_eth_tsu_{read|write}(). Somehow this saves 248
bytes of object code with AArch64 gcc 4.8.5... :-)
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sh_eth_tsu_get_offset(), despite its name, returns a TSU register's address,
not its offset. Make this function match its name and return a register's
offset from the TSU registers base address instead.
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sh_eth_tsu_get_offset() is called several times by the driver, remove
*inline* and move that function from the header to the driver itself
to let gcc decide whether to expand it inline or not...
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert all users of struct acpi_reference_args to more generic
fwnode_reference_args. This will
1) avoid an ACPI specific references to device nodes with integer
arguments as well as
2) allow making references to nodes other than device nodes in ACPI.
As a by-product, convert the fwnode interger arguments to u64. The
arguments were 64-bit integers on ACPI but the fwnode arguments were
just 32-bit.
Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
Use dma_zalloc_coherent instead of dma_alloc_coherent
followed by memset 0.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prevent drivers from building on PPC32 if they use isa_bus_to_virt(),
isa_virt_to_bus(), or isa_page_to_bus(), which are not available and
thus cause build errors.
../drivers/net/ethernet/3com/3c515.c: In function 'corkscrew_open':
../drivers/net/ethernet/3com/3c515.c:824:9: error: implicit declaration of function 'isa_virt_to_bus'; did you mean 'virt_to_bus'? [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
../drivers/net/ethernet/amd/lance.c: In function 'lance_rx':
../drivers/net/ethernet/amd/lance.c:1203:23: error: implicit declaration of function 'isa_bus_to_virt'; did you mean 'bus_to_virt'? [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
../drivers/net/ethernet/amd/ni65.c: In function 'ni65_init_lance':
../drivers/net/ethernet/amd/ni65.c:585:20: error: implicit declaration of function 'isa_virt_to_bus'; did you mean 'virt_to_bus'? [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
../drivers/net/ethernet/cirrus/cs89x0.c: In function 'net_open':
../drivers/net/ethernet/cirrus/cs89x0.c:897:20: error: implicit declaration of function 'isa_virt_to_bus'; did you mean 'virt_to_bus'? [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Suggested-by: Michael Ellerman <mpe@ellerman.id.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After device is stopped we reset the rings by moving all free buffers
to positions [0, cnt - 2], and clear the position cnt - 1 in the ring.
We then proceed to clear the read/write pointers. This means that if
we try to reset the ring again the code will assume that the next to
fill buffer is at position 0 and swap it with cnt - 1. Since we
previously cleared position cnt - 1 it will lead to leaking the first
buffer and leaving ring in a bad state.
This scenario can only happen if FW communication fails, in which case
the ring will never be used again, so the fact it's in a bad state will
not be noticed. Buffer leak is the only problem. Don't try to move
buffers in the ring if the read/write pointers indicate the ring was
never used or have already been reset.
nfp_net_clear_config_and_disable() is now fully idempotent.
Found by code inspection, FW communication failures are very rare,
and reconfiguring a live device is not common either, so it's unlikely
anyone has ever noticed the leak.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we have offload replay infrastructure added by
commit 326367427c ("net: sched: call reoffload op on block callback reg")
and flows are guaranteed to be removed correctly, we can revert
commit 951a8ee6de ("nfp: reject binding to shared blocks").
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously only the neighbour state was checked to decide if an offloaded
entry should be removed. However, there can be situations when the entry
is dead but still marked as valid. This can lead to dead entries not
being removed from fw tables or even incorrect data being added.
Check the entry dead bit before deciding if it should be added to or
removed from fw neighbour tables.
Fixes: 8e6a9046b6 ("nfp: flower vxlan neighbour offload")
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Got crash report with following backtrace:
BUG: unable to handle kernel paging request at ffff8801869daffe
RIP: 0010:[<ffffffff816429c4>] [<ffffffff816429c4>] ip6_finish_output2+0x394/0x4c0
RSP: 0018:ffff880186c83a98 EFLAGS: 00010283
RAX: ffff8801869db00e ...
[<ffffffff81644cdc>] ip6_finish_output+0x8c/0xf0
[<ffffffff81644d97>] ip6_output+0x57/0x100
[<ffffffff81643dc9>] ip6_forward+0x4b9/0x840
[<ffffffff81645566>] ip6_rcv_finish+0x66/0xc0
[<ffffffff81645db9>] ipv6_rcv+0x319/0x530
[<ffffffff815892ac>] netif_receive_skb+0x1c/0x70
[<ffffffffc0060bec>] atl1c_clean+0x1ec/0x310 [atl1c]
...
The bad access is in neigh_hh_output(), at skb->data - 16 (HH_DATA_MOD).
atl1c driver provided skb with no headroom, so 14 bytes (ethernet
header) got pulled, but then 16 are copied.
Reserve NET_SKB_PAD bytes headroom, like netdev_alloc_skb().
Compile tested only; I lack hardware.
Fixes: 7b70176421 ("atl1c: Fix misuse of netdev_alloc_skb in refilling rx ring")
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use vzalloc instead of the vmalloc, memset combo
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use dma_zalloc_coherent instead of dma_alloc_coherent
followed by memset 0.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
FW hsi contains 256 approximation buckets which are split in ramrod into
eight u32 values, but driver is using eight 'unsigned long' variables.
This patch fixes the mcast logic by making the API utilize u32.
Fixes: 83aeb933 ("qed*: Trivial modifications")
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's a possible race where driver can read link status in mid-transition
and see that virtual-link is up yet speed is 0. Since in this
mid-transition we're guaranteed to see a mailbox from MFW soon, we can
afford to treat this as link down.
Fixes: cc875c2e ("qed: Add link support")
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Apparently, MFW publishes EEE capabilities even for Fiber-boards that don't
support them, and later since qed internally sets adv_caps it would cause
link-flap avoidance (LFA) to fail when driver would initiate the link.
This in turn delays the link, causing traffic to fail.
Driver has been modified to not to ask MFW for any EEE config if EEE isn't
to be enabled.
Fixes: 645874e5 ("qed: Add support for Energy efficient ethernet.")
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJbT+cLAAoJEEg/ir3gV/o+I5QH/3LQemGzH33iNsg4khpPeNA+
Q4mGd2jqbwfL17FTSGpTsPje6rpwzR+j8W1fGTx1vzYmE79ZyDu4EwHS7YZJcGyz
q8P0HgrUe4NrJV8mlOpbIRbTuSwfqultw2qRpmCfLf5kK1nqSIPpUHIfBUMqwy0o
O7GJrytUI4Av+r5Px/6bjb5kBaVe5YBe0tg8nSrN2vtzHVQWm+5/uaNRW2SrCN+4
5SI2AsWyMwfGCC+IE8i9OlIFCy6Iu2vwcUabK+6EeGKP4Wb6rukyG01TkQPSd7gy
ozcAjvj+ppHmVFath1uzLCFU3RbKt6GbVRGaFQg5jO5vvK3uzFJnm59Vqw/WzNs=
=UXsy
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5-fixes-2018-07-18' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
Mellanox, mlx5 fixes 2018-07-18
The following series provides fixes to mlx5 core and net device driver.
Please pull and let me know if there's any problem.
For -stable v4.7
net/mlx5e: Don't allow aRFS for encapsulated packets
net/mlx5e: Fix quota counting in aRFS expire flow
For -stable v4.15
net/mlx5e: Only allow offloading decap egress (egdev) flows
net/mlx5e: Refine ets validation function
net/mlx5: Adjust clock overflow work period
For -stable v4.17
net/mlx5: E-Switch, UBSAN fix undefined behavior in mlx5_eswitch_mode
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the SPDX identifiers to HNS3 PF driver.
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The struct hclge_desc_cb and hclge_desc_cb are never used in
anywhere. This patch removes them.
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The input parameter "dev" of hns3_irq_handle() is indeed
used as a tqp vector, it is misleadin.
The struct member "flag" is used to indicate ring type,
so rename it.
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use BIT() and GENMASK() to convert the bit mask, modify
the inconsistent ones, and remove useless ones.
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using hex for bit offsets is inconsistent with the rest
of the file. Change them to decimal.
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes some comment spelling errors, removes
redundant comments, rewrites misleading comments, and
adds some necessary comments.
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove extra space and brackets.
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Apply the standard minor cleanup by returning ret outside
the brackets.
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove some redundant assignments, because they have
been set to zero when allocate hdev.
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-07-20
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Add sharing of BPF objects within one ASIC: this allows for reuse of
the same program on multiple ports of a device, and therefore gains
better code store utilization. On top of that, this now also enables
sharing of maps between programs attached to different ports of a
device, from Jakub.
2) Cleanup in libbpf and bpftool's Makefile to reduce unneeded feature
detections and unused variable exports, also from Jakub.
3) First batch of RCU annotation fixes in prog array handling, i.e.
there are several __rcu markers which are not correct as well as
some of the RCU handling, from Roman.
4) Two fixes in BPF sample files related to checking of the prog_cnt
upper limit from sample loader, from Dan.
5) Minor cleanup in sockmap to remove a set but not used variable,
from Colin.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements the ethtool callbacks for querying sfp/eeprom module.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds qed APIs for reading the PHY module.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The calculation of "wqe_size" is not correct when the tx queue is busy in
hinic_xmit_frame().
When there are no free WQEs, the tx flow will unmap the skb buffer, then
ring the doobell for the pending packets. But the "wqe_size" which used
to calculate the doorbell address is not correct. The wqe size should be
cleared to 0, otherwise, it will cause a doorbell error.
This patch fixes the problem.
Reported-by: Zhou Wang <wangzhou1@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhao Chen <zhaochen6@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"Lots of fixes, here goes:
1) NULL deref in qtnfmac, from Gustavo A. R. Silva.
2) Kernel oops when fw download fails in rtlwifi, from Ping-Ke Shih.
3) Lost completion messages in AF_XDP, from Magnus Karlsson.
4) Correct bogus self-assignment in rhashtable, from Rishabh
Bhatnagar.
5) Fix regression in ipv6 route append handling, from David Ahern.
6) Fix masking in __set_phy_supported(), from Heiner Kallweit.
7) Missing module owner set in x_tables icmp, from Florian Westphal.
8) liquidio's timeouts are HZ dependent, fix from Nicholas Mc Guire.
9) Link setting fixes for sh_eth and ravb, from Vladimir Zapolskiy.
10) Fix NULL deref when using chains in act_csum, from Davide Caratti.
11) XDP_REDIRECT needs to check if the interface is up and whether the
MTU is sufficient. From Toshiaki Makita.
12) Net diag can do a double free when killing TCP_NEW_SYN_RECV
connections, from Lorenzo Colitti.
13) nf_defrag in ipv6 can unnecessarily hold onto dst entries for a
full minute, delaying device unregister. From Eric Dumazet.
14) Update MAC entries in the correct order in ixgbe, from Alexander
Duyck.
15) Don't leave partial mangles bpf program in jit_subprogs, from
Daniel Borkmann.
16) Fix pfmemalloc SKB state propagation, from Stefano Brivio.
17) Fix ACK handling in DCTCP congestion control, from Yuchung Cheng.
18) Use after free in tun XDP_TX, from Toshiaki Makita.
19) Stale ipv6 header pointer in ipv6 gre code, from Prashant Bhole.
20) Don't reuse remainder of RX page when XDP is set in mlx4, from
Saeed Mahameed.
21) Fix window probe handling of TCP rapair sockets, from Stefan
Baranoff.
22) Missing socket locking in smc_ioctl(), from Ursula Braun.
23) IPV6_ILA needs DST_CACHE, from Arnd Bergmann.
24) Spectre v1 fix in cxgb3, from Gustavo A. R. Silva.
25) Two spots in ipv6 do a rol32() on a hash value but ignore the
result. Fixes from Colin Ian King"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (176 commits)
tcp: identify cryptic messages as TCP seq # bugs
ptp: fix missing break in switch
hv_netvsc: Fix napi reschedule while receive completion is busy
MAINTAINERS: Drop inactive Vitaly Bordug's email
net: cavium: Add fine-granular dependencies on PCI
net: qca_spi: Fix log level if probe fails
net: qca_spi: Make sure the QCA7000 reset is triggered
net: qca_spi: Avoid packet drop during initial sync
ipv6: fix useless rol32 call on hash
ipv6: sr: fix useless rol32 call on hash
net: sched: Using NULL instead of plain integer
net: usb: asix: replace mii_nway_restart in resume path
net: cxgb3_main: fix potential Spectre v1
lib/rhashtable: consider param->min_size when setting initial table size
net/smc: reset recv timeout after clc handshake
net/smc: add error handling for get_user()
net/smc: optimize consumer cursor updates
net/nfc: Avoid stalls when nfc_alloc_send_skb() returned NULL.
ipv6: ila: select CONFIG_DST_CACHE
net: usb: rtl8150: demote allmulti message to dev_dbg()
...
We get egress rules through the egdev mechanism when the ingress device
is not supporting offload, with the expected use-case of tunnel decap
ingress rule set on shared tunnel device.
Make sure to offload egress/egdev rules only if decap action (tunnel key
unset) exists there and err otherwise.
Fixes: 717503b9cf ("net: sched: convert cls_flower->egress_dev users to tc_setup_cb_egdev infra")
Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Fix bad alignment of SQ buffer in fragmented QP allocation.
It should start directly after RQ buffer ends.
Take special care of the end case where the RQ buffer does not occupy
a whole page. RQ size is a power of two, so would be the case only for
small RQ sizes (RQ size < PAGE_SIZE).
Fix wrong assignments for sqb->size (mistakenly assigned RQ size),
and for npages value of RQ and SQ.
Fixes: 3a2f703312 ("net/mlx5: Use order-0 allocations for all WQ types")
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The flow counters binding support commit introduced a code change where
none NULL 'rule_dest' is always passed to mlx5_add_flow_rules, this breaks
'DON'T_TRAP' rules insertion.
The fix uses the equivalent 'dest_num' value instead of dest pointer
at the failed check.
fixes: 3b3233fbf0 ('IB/mlx5: Add flow counters binding support')
Signed-off-by: Raed Salem <raeds@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Driver is yet to support aRFS for encapsulated packets, return early
error in such case.
Fixes: 18c908e477 ("net/mlx5e: Add accelerated RFS support")
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Quota should follow the amount of rules which do expire, and not the
number of rules that were examined, fixed that.
Fixes: 18c908e477 ("net/mlx5e: Add accelerated RFS support")
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
When driver converts HW timestamp to wall clock time it subtracts
the last saved cycle counter from the HW timestamp and converts the
difference to nanoseconds.
The conversion is done by multiplying the cycles difference with the
clock multiplier value as a first step and therefore the cycles
difference should be small enough so that the multiplication product
doesn't exceed 64bit.
The overflow handling routine is in charge of updating the last saved
cycle counter in driver and it is called periodically using kernel
delayed workqueue.
The delay period for this work is calculated using the max HW cycle
counter value (a 41 bit mask) as a base which doesn't take the 64bit
limit into account so the delay period may be incorrect and too
long to prevent a large difference between the HW counter and the last
saved counter in SW.
This change adjusts the work period for the HW clock overflow work by
taking the minimum between the previous value and the quotient of max
u64 value and the clock multiplier value.
Fixes: ef9814deaf ("net/mlx5e: Add HW timestamping (TS) support")
Signed-off-by: Ariel Levkovich <lariel@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Removed an error message received when configuring ETS total
bandwidth to be zero.
Our hardware doesn't support such configuration, so we shall
reject it in the driver. Nevertheless, we removed the error message
in order to eliminate error messages caused by old userspace tools
who try to pass such configuration.
Fixes: ff0891915c ("net/mlx5e: Fix ETS BW check")
Signed-off-by: Shay Agroskin <shayag@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Huy Nguyen <huyn@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Add dependencies on PCI where necessary.
Fixes: 7e2bc7fb65 ("net: cavium: Drop dependency of NET_VENDOR_CAVIUM on PCI")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Sverdlin <alexander.sverdlin@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In cases the probing fails the log level of the messages should
be an error.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Wahren <stefan.wahren@i2se.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case the SPI thread is not running, a simple reset of sync
state won't fix the transmit timeout. We also need to wake up the kernel
thread.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Wahren <stefan.wahren@i2se.com>
Fixes: ed7d42e24e ("net: qca_spi: fix transmit queue timeout handling")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As long as the synchronization with the QCA7000 isn't finished, we
cannot accept packets from the upper layers. So let the SPI thread
enable the TX queue after sync and avoid unwanted packet drop.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Wahren <stefan.wahren@i2se.com>
Fixes: 291ab06ecf ("net: qualcomm: new Ethernet over SPI driver for QCA7000")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current description did not include new devices. Fix that by proving the
correct generic description.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
This makes it more readable that rule is being used to return an err.
Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
When translating command opcodes to a string, SET_DRIVER_VERSION
command was missing.
Fixes: 42ca502e17 ('net/mlx5_core: Use a macro in mlx5_command_str()')
Signed-off-by: Noa Osherovich <noaos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Update mlx5 command list and error return function to handle XRQ
commands.
Signed-off-by: Max Gurtovoy <maxg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Jurgens <danielj@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Artemy Kovalyov <artemyko@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
As newer firmware supports double push/pop in a single FTE, we add
core bits and extend vlan action logic for it.
Signed-off-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Both BCMGENET and SYSTEMPORT build just fine with CONFIG_OF=n, we do have a
dependency on HAS_IOMEM that was not being reflected for SYSTEMPORT so add
that.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While some of the cavium drivers don't require PCI support, most
others do, as shown by these build failures:
WARNING: unmet direct dependencies detected for MDIO_THUNDER
Depends on [n]: NETDEVICES [=y] && MDIO_BUS [=y] && 64BIT [=y] && PCI [=n]
Selected by [y]:
- THUNDER_NIC_BGX [=y] && NETDEVICES [=y] && ETHERNET [=y] && NET_VENDOR_CAVIUM [=y] && 64BIT [=y]
- THUNDER_NIC_RGX [=y] && NETDEVICES [=y] && ETHERNET [=y] && NET_VENDOR_CAVIUM [=y] && 64BIT [=y]
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/thunder/nicvf_main.c: In function 'nicvf_set_irq_affinity':
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/thunder/nicvf_main.c:1095:25: error: implicit declaration of function 'pci_irq_vector'; did you mean 'rcu_irq_enter'? [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/thunder/nic_main.c: In function 'nic_mbx_intr_handler':
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/thunder/nic_main.c:1135:13: error: implicit declaration of function 'pci_irq_vector'; did you mean 'rcu_irq_enter'? [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
In file included from drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/cn23xx_pf_device.c:27:
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/octeon_main.h: In function 'octeon_unmap_pci_barx':
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/octeon_main.h:97:3: error: implicit declaration of function 'pci_release_region'; did you mean 'pci_release_regions'? [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/octeon_mailbox.c: In function 'octeon_mbox_process_cmd':
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/octeon_mailbox.c:263:3: error: implicit declaration of function 'pcie_capability_set_word'; did you mean 'has_capability_noaudit'? [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/cn23xx_pf_device.c: In function 'setup_cn23xx_octeon_pf_device':
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/cn23xx_pf_device.c:1315:22: error: 'data32' is used uninitialized in this function [-Werror=uninitialized]
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/cn23xx_vf_device.c: In function 'cn23xx_dump_vf_iq_regs':
include/linux/dynamic_debug.h:135:3: error: 'regval' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/lio_core.c: In function 'octeon_setup_interrupt':
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/lio_core.c:1067:17: error: invalid application of 'sizeof' to incomplete type 'struct msix_entry'
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/octeon_main.h: In function 'octeon_unmap_pci_barx':
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/octeon_main.h:97:3: error: implicit declaration of function 'pci_release_region'; did you mean 'pci_release_regions'? [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
This adds back the minimum set of dependencies to get everything to
build cleanly again, but leaving the ones that build cleanly.
Fixes: 7e2bc7fb65 ("net: cavium: Drop dependency of NET_VENDOR_CAVIUM on PCI")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following sparse warnings:
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/lio_main.c:3068:23: warning:
Using plain integer as NULL pointer
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/lio_main.c:2909:23: warning:
Using plain integer as NULL pointer
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/cn23xx_vf_device.c:385:27: warning:
Using plain integer as NULL pointer
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These dummy helpers are all intended to be inline functions,
but one of them by accident came without the 'inline' keyword,
causing a harmless warning:
In file included from drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/main.c:63:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/accel/tls.h:79:1: error: 'mlx5_accel_tls_add_flow' defined but not used [-Werror=unused-function]
mlx5_accel_tls_add_flow(struct mlx5_core_dev *mdev, void *flow,
Fixes: ab412e1dd7 ("net/mlx5: Accel, add TLS rx offload routines")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
t.qset_idx can be indirectly controlled by user-space, hence leading to
a potential exploitation of the Spectre variant 1 vulnerability.
This issue was detected with the help of Smatch:
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb3/cxgb3_main.c:2286 cxgb_extension_ioctl()
warn: potential spectre issue 'adapter->msix_info'
Fix this by sanitizing t.qset_idx before using it to index
adapter->msix_info
Notice that given that speculation windows are large, the policy is
to kill the speculation on the first load and not worry if it can be
completed with a dependent load/store [1].
[1] https://marc.info/?l=linux-kernel&m=152449131114778&w=2
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The use of the | operator always leads to true, which looks rather
suspect in this case.
Fix this by using & instead.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 1471903 ("Wrong operator used")
Fixes: dba1d918da ("net: mvpp2: debugfs: add entries for classifier flows")
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
display free rx and tx page count in the meminfo of
an adapter.
Signed-off-by: Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend existing driver for Spectrum ASIC to support Spectrum-2 ASIC.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Utilize only C-TCAM for now. Do very minimal A-TCAM initialization in
order to make C-TCAM work.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In Spectrum-2, ACL regions that use 8 or 12 key blocks require several
consecutive hardware regions.
In order to allow defragmentation, the device stores a mapping from a
logical region ID to an hardware region ID, which is similar to the page
table that is used to translate virtual addresses to physical addresses.
Add the region association callback to the region create sequence and
implement it as a NOP in Spectrum which does not require it.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Encode each flexible key block in the general block scheme according its
block index.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In Spectrum the key (and mask) block layout is very straight forward and
every block is 16 bytes aligned.
However, in Spectrum-2 the blocks are not even byte aligned, which makes
it difficult to encode them using current method.
Instead, first encode each block and then encode the block in the
general blocks layout.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The PGCR register configures general Policy-Engine settings.
Specifically, we are going to use it in order to set the default action
base pointer, which determines where the default action (when there is
no hit) is located for each region.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The PERERP register configures the region eRPs. It can be used, for
example, to enable lookup in the C-TCAM in addition to the A-TCAM.
To be able to perform a lookup in the C-TCAM we need to "use" the eRP
table. This is done by marking the pointer as valid, but zeroing the eRP
table vector.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The PERCR register configures the region parameters such as whether to
consult the bloom filter before performing a lookup using a specific
eRP.
For C-TCAM only usage we don't need to accurately set the master mask.
Instead, we can set all of its bits to make sure all the extracted keys
are actually used.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The PERAR register is used to associate a hw region for region_id's.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In Spectrum-2, activity cannot be find out by TCAM rule (PTCEv2 register),
but rather by associated action set. For that purpose, extend action ops
to allow query activity from PEFA register. Block activity is decided
according to activity of the first set.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In Spectrum-2, the PEFA register is extend to report if the action set
was hit during processing of packets. Introduce this extension and
adjust the code around this accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce key blocks for Spectrum-2 that contains the same elements used
already for Spectrum1. Along with that, introduce encoder stub.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In Spectrum-2, no action set is stored directly in TCAM, all are located
in KVD linear. So ask core to treat the first set as dummy empty one,
to be just used for PTCEV2 purposes.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add dummy ops for now. The ops are going to be implemented later on.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In Spectrum-2, KVD linear indexes are hashed into KVD hash. Therefore it
is possible for multiple resource types to use same indexes. There are
multiple index spaces. Also, the index space is bigger than the actual
KVD hash area, which allows to have holes in the index space without any
penalization. The HW has to be told in case the index for particular
resource type is no longer used so it can be freed from KVD hash. IEDR
register is used for that.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IEDR register is used for deleting entries from the entry tables.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- the pxa architecture is ported to dma slavemap
- some minor AC97 fixes
- some minor board fixes
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=dvhR
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'pxa-for-4.19-v2' of https://github.com/rjarzmik/linux into next/soc
This is the pxa changes for 4.19 cycle :
- the pxa architecture is ported to dma slavemap
- some minor AC97 fixes
- some minor board fixes
* tag 'pxa-for-4.19-v2' of https://github.com/rjarzmik/linux:
net: smc91x: remove the dmaengine compat need
net: smc911x: remove the dmaengine compat need
ARM: pxa: zylonite: use the new ac97 bus support
ARM: pxa: add the missing AC97 clocks
ARM: pxa: mioa701 convert to the new AC97 bus
ARM: pxa: hx4700: fix the usb client
ARM: pxa: change SSP DMA channels allocation
ARM: pxa: remove the DMA IO resources
dmaengine: pxa: document pxad_param
ata: pata_pxa: remove the dmaengine compat need
mtd: rawnand: marvell: remove the dmaengine compat need
media: pxa_camera: remove the dmaengine compat need
mmc: pxamci: remove the dmaengine compat need
dmaengine: pxa: add a default requestor policy
ARM: pxa: add dma slave map
dmaengine: pxa: use a dma slave map
Signed-off-by: Olof Johansson <olof@lixom.net>
Allow program sharing between netdevs of the same NFP ASIC.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Create a higher-level entity to represent a device/ASIC to allow
programs and maps to be shared between device ports. The extra
work is required to make sure we don't destroy BPF objects as
soon as the netdev for which they were loaded gets destroyed,
as other ports may still be using them. When netdev goes away
all of its BPF objects will be moved to other netdevs of the
device, and only destroyed when last netdev is unregistered.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Currently we have two lists of offloaded objects - programs and maps.
Netdevice unregister notifier scans those lists to orphan objects
associated with device being unregistered. This puts unnecessary
(even if negligible) burden on all netdev unregister calls in BPF-
-enabled kernel. The lists of objects may potentially get long
making the linear scan even more problematic. There haven't been
complaints about this mechanisms so far, but it is suboptimal.
Instead of relying on notifiers, make the few BPF-capable drivers
register explicitly for BPF offloads. The programs and maps will
now be collected per-device not on a global list, and only scanned
for removal when driver unregisters from BPF offloads.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
BPF code should unregister the offload capabilities from .ndo_uninit(),
to make sure the operation is atomic with unlist_netdevice(). Plumb
the init/uninit NDOs for vNICs and representors.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
The wrong helper is used to swap the bytes when adding the lower bits of
the TX descriptors tag field in the shared ds_tagl variable. The
variable contains the DS[11:0] field and then the TAG[3:0] bits.
The mistake was highlighted by the sparse warning:
ravb_main.c:1622:31: left side has type restricted __le16
ravb_main.c:1622:31: right side has type unsigned short
ravb_main.c:1622:31: warning: invalid assignment: |=
ravb_main.c:1622:34: warning: cast to restricted __le16
Signed-off-by: Niklas Söderlund <niklas.soderlund+renesas@ragnatech.se>
Reviewed-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes sparse warning:
ravb_main.c:1257 ravb_get_strings() error: memcpy() '*ravb_gstrings_stats' too small (32 vs 960)
Signed-off-by: Niklas Söderlund <niklas.soderlund+renesas@ragnatech.se>
Reviewed-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Inside a loop in ravb_get_ethtool_stats() a variable 'stats' is declared
resulting in the argument also named 'stats' to be shadowed. Fix this
warning by renaming the unused argument 'stats' to 'estats'.
This fixes the sparse warning:
ravb_main.c:1225:36: originally declared here
ravb_main.c:1233:41: warning: symbol 'stats' shadows an earlier one
Signed-off-by: Niklas Söderlund <niklas.soderlund+renesas@ragnatech.se>
Reviewed-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
octeon_mgmt driver doesn't drop RX frames that are 1-4 bytes bigger than
MTU set for the corresponding interface. The problem is in the
AGL_GMX_RX0/1_FRM_MAX register setting, which should not account for VLAN
tagging.
According to Octeon HW manual:
"For tagged frames, MAX increases by four bytes for each VLAN found up to a
maximum of two VLANs, or MAX + 8 bytes."
OCTEON_FRAME_HEADER_LEN "define" is fine for ring buffer management, but
should not be used for AGL_GMX_RX0/1_FRM_MAX.
The problem could be easily reproduced using "ping" command. If affected
system has default MTU 1500, other host (having MTU >= 1504) can
successfully "ping" the affected system with payload size 1473-1476,
resulting in IP packets of size 1501-1504 accepted by the mgmt driver.
Fixed system still accepts IP packets of 1500 bytes even with VLAN tagging,
because the limits are lifted in HW as expected, for every VLAN tag.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Sverdlin <alexander.sverdlin@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The removed code would be called in two situations:
1. interface is brought up never or >10s after driver load
2. after close()
Case 1 we can handle cleaner by ensuring chip is powered down when
leaving probe(). open() callback will power up the chip.
In case 2 we call rtl_pll_power_down() twice currently, from the
close() callback and 10s later when entering runtime-suspend.
This is avoided by this patch.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of accessing the PHYstatus register we can use the information
phylib stores in the phy_device structure.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only remaining usage of the struct mii_if_info member is to store the
information whether the chip is GMII-capable. So we can replace it with
a simple flag.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can remove rtl8169_set_speed_xmii() now that phylib handles all this.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use new phylib functions phy_speed_down() and phy_speed_up().
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Switch to using phy_mii_ioctl().
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Switch to using phy_ethtool_nway_reset().
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use phy_ethtool_(g|s)et_link_ksettings() for the respective ethtool_ops
callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use genphy_soft_reset() instead of open-coding a PHY soft reset. We have
to do an explicit PHY soft reset because some chips use the genphy driver
which uses a no-op as soft_reset callback.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use phy_resume() / phy_suspend() instead of open coding this functionality.
The chip version specific differences are handled by the respective PHY
drivers.
The call to r8168_phy_power_down() in r8168_pll_power_down() can be
removed because phylib takes care now. The relevant scenarios are:
- rtl8169_close(): phy_disconnect() powers down PHY
- suspend: mdio_bus_phy_suspend() takes care
- runtime-suspend: WoL is active, don't suspend PHY
- rtl_shutdown(): no need to power down PHY
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add basic phylib support to r8169. All now unneeded old PHY handling code
will be removed in subsequent patches.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Rick Farrington <ricardo.farrington@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch has fix for TX timeout while running bi-directional
traffic with 100 Mbps using 5762.
Signed-off-by: Sanjeev Bansal <sanjeevb.bansal@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Siva Reddy Kallam <siva.kallam@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Siva Reddy Kallam <siva.kallam@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Testing has uncovered a failure case that is not handled properly. In the
event that a login fails and we are not able to recover on the spot, we
return 0 from do_reset, preventing any error recovery code from being
triggered. Additionally, the state is set to "probed" meaning that when we
are able to trigger the error recovery, the driver always comes up in the
probed state. To handle the case properly, we need to return a failure code
here and set the adapter state to the state that we entered the reset in
indicating the state that we would like to come out of the recovery reset
in.
Signed-off-by: John Allen <jallen@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a new rx packet arrives, the rx path will decide whether to reuse
the remainder of the page or not according to one of the below conditions:
1. frag_info->frag_stride == PAGE_SIZE / 2
2. frags->page_offset + frag_info->frag_size > PAGE_SIZE;
The first condition is no met for when XDP is set.
For XDP, page_offset is always set to priv->rx_headroom which is
XDP_PACKET_HEADROOM and frag_info->frag_size is around mtu size + some
padding, still the 2nd release condition will hold since
XDP_PACKET_HEADROOM + 1536 < PAGE_SIZE, as a result the page will not
be released and will be _wrongly_ reused for next free rx descriptor.
In XDP there is an assumption to have a page per packet and reuse can
break such assumption and might cause packet data corruptions.
Fix this by adding an extra condition (!priv->rx_headroom) to the 2nd
case to avoid page reuse when XDP is set, since rx_headroom is set to 0
for non XDP setup and set to XDP_PACKET_HEADROOM for XDP setup.
No additional cache line is required for the new condition.
Fixes: 34db548bfb ("mlx4: add page recycling in receive path")
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Suggested-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
CC: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Expose counters ASIC has in the group of RFC 2819 counters that count
number of packets within specific size range.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When configuring SLI_PKTn_OUTPUT_CONTROL, VF driver was assuming that IPTR
mode was disabled by reset, which was not true. Since DPDK driver had
set IPTR mode previously, the VF driver (which uses buf-ptr-only mode) was
not properly handling DROQ packets (i.e. it saw zero-length packets).
This represented an invalid hardware configuration which the driver could
not handle.
Signed-off-by: Rick Farrington <ricardo.farrington@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During a device failover, there may be latency between the loss
of the current backing device and a notification from firmware that
a failover has occurred. This latency can result in a large amount of
error printouts as firmware returns outgoing traffic with a generic
error code. These are not necessarily errors in this case as the
firmware is busy swapping in a new backing adapter and is not ready
to send packets yet. This patch reclassifies those error codes as
warnings with an explanation that a failover may be pending. All
other return codes will be considered errors.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Octeon Ethernet drivers work perfectly without PCI.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Sverdlin <alexander.sverdlin@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The tag type in the frame extraction header is only a bit wide. There's
no need to use GENMASK when retrieving the information. This patch
simplify the code by dropping GENMASK and using BIT instead.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We were returning DUPLEX_UNKNOWN in get_link_ksettings() when
the link was down. Unfortunately, this causes a problem when
"ethtool -s autoneg on" is issued for a link which is down because
the ethtool code first reads the settings and then reapplies them
with only the changes provided on the command line. Which results
in us diving into set_link_ksettings() with DUPLEX_UNKNOWN which is
not DUPLEX_FULL, so set_link_ksettings() throws an -EINVAL error.
do not return DUPLEX_UNKNOWN to fix the issue.
Signed-off-by: Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch remove the following documentation warning
drivers/net/ethernet/stmicro/stmmac/stmmac_platform.c:103: warning: Excess function parameter 'priv' description in 'stmmac_axi_setup'
It was introduced in commit afea03656a ("stmmac: rework DMA bus setting and introduce new platform AXI structure")
Signed-off-by: Corentin Labbe <clabbe@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
hwrm_dbg_resp_addr and hwrm_dbg_resp_dma_addr are never used
and can be removed.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the existing %pad printk format to print dma_addr_t values.
This avoids the following warnings when compiling on the parisc platform:
warning: format '%llx' expects argument of type 'long long unsigned int', but argument 2 has type 'dma_addr_t {aka unsigned int}' [-Wformat=]
Signed-off-by: Helge Deller <deller@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Actually, hclge_get_ring_chain_from_mbx is used to get ring type, tqp id,
and int_gl index from mailbox message. So the comments is incorrect. This
patch fixes it.
Fixes: dde1a86e93 ("net: hns3: Add mailbox support to PF driver")
Signed-off-by: Fuyun Liang <liangfuyun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
HCLGE_INT_GL_IDX_M and HCLGE_INT_GL_IDX_S are used to set fireware
cmd. When getting int_gl value from mailbox message, we should use
HNAE3_RING_GL_IDX_M and HNAE3_RING_GL_IDX_S.
Fixes: 79eee41085 ("net: hns3: add int_gl_idx setup for VF")
Signed-off-by: Fuyun Liang <liangfuyun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
handle->reset_level is assigned to HNAE3_NONE_RESET when client is
initialized, if a tx timeout happens right after initialization,
then handle->reset_level is not resetted to HNAE3_FUNC_RESET in
hclge_reset_event, which will cause reset event not properly
handled problem.
This patch fixes it by setting handle->reset_level properly when
client is initialized.
Fixes: 6d4c3981a8 ("net: hns3: Changes to make enet watchdog timeout func common for PF/VF")
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The configuration of the ring will be used to reinitialize the
ring after the hardware reset is completed. So we should not
release and reacquire this configuration during reset.
Fixes: bb6b94a896 ("net: hns3: Add reset interface implementation in client")
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When doing reset, netdev has not been brought up is not an error,
it means that we do not need do the stop operation, so just return
zero.
Fixes: 76ad4f0ee7 ("net: hns3: Add support of HNS3 Ethernet Driver for hip08 SoC")
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
According to hardware's description, driver should get reset event
from VECTOR0_PF_OTHER_INT_ST(0x20800) instead of
VECTOR0_PF_OTHER_INT_SRC(0x20700).
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Netdevice reset should not be requested frequently, a new one
must wait a moment since there may be some work not completed.
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since current locking was not covering certain code where
netdev was being accessed or manipulated, this patch fixes
it.
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
According to hardware's description, the head pointer register should
be written before the tail pointer register while doing command queue
initialization.
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the byte count indication in CQE for processed IPsec
packets that contain a metadata header.
Signed-off-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds common functions to handle mellanox metadata headers.
These functions are used by IPsec and TLS to process FPGA metadata.
Signed-off-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch enables TLS Rx based on available HW capabilities.
Signed-off-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds software statistics for TLS to count important
events.
Signed-off-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement the TLS rx offload data path according to the
requirements of the TLS generic NIC offload infrastructure.
Special metadata ethertype is used to pass information to
the hardware.
When hardware loses synchronization a special resync request
metadata message is used to request resync.
Signed-off-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lesokhin <ilyal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the mlx5 implementation of the TLS Rx routines to add/del TLS
contexts, also add the tls_dev_resync_rx routine
to work with the TLS inline Rx crypto offload infrastructure.
Signed-off-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lesokhin <ilyal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In Innova TLS, TLS contexts are added or deleted
via a command message over the SBU connection.
The HW then sends a response message over the same connection.
Complete the implementation for Innova TLS (FPGA-based) hardware by
adding support for rx inline crypto offload.
Signed-off-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lesokhin <ilyal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For symmetry, we rename mlx5e_tls_offload_context to
mlx5e_tls_offload_context_tx before we add mlx5e_tls_offload_context_rx.
Signed-off-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Aviad Yehezkel <aviadye@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For symmetry, we rename tls_offload_context to
tls_offload_context_tx before we add tls_offload_context_rx.
Signed-off-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The classification operations that are used for RSS make use of several
lookup tables. Having hit counters for these tables is really helpful
to determine what flows were matched by ingress traffic, and see the
path of packets among all the classifier tables.
This commit adds hit counters for the 3 tables used at the moment :
- The decoding table (also called lookup_id table), that links flows
identified by the Header Parser to the flow table.
There's one entry per flow, located at :
.../mvpp2/<controller>/flows/XX/dec_hits
Note that there are 21 flows in the decoding table, whereas there are
52 flows in the Header Parser. That's because there are several kind
of traffic that will match a given flow. Reading the hit counter from
one sub-flow will clear all hit counter that have the same flow_id.
This also applies to the flow_hits.
- The flow table, that contains all the different lookups to be
performed by the classifier for each packet of a given flow. The match
is done on the first entry of the flow sequence.
- The C2 engine entries, that are used to assign the default rx queue,
and enable or disable RSS for a given port.
There's one entry per flow, located at:
.../mvpp2/<controller>/flows/XX/flow_hits
There is one C2 entry per port, so the c2 hit counter is located at :
.../mvpp2/<controller>/ethX/c2_hits
All hit counter values are 16-bits clear-on-read values.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The classifier configuration for RSS is quite complex, with several
lookup tables being used. This commit adds useful info in debugfs to
see how the different tables are configured :
Added 2 new entries in the per-port directory :
- .../eth0/default_rxq : The default rx queue on that port
- .../eth0/rss_enable : Indicates if RSS is enabled in the C2 entry
Added the 'flows' directory :
It contains one entry per sub-flow. a 'sub-flow' is a unique path from
Header Parser to the flow table. Multiple sub-flows can point to the
same 'flow' (each flow has an id from 8 to 29, which is its index in the
Lookup Id table) :
- .../flows/00/...
/01/...
...
/51/id : The flow id. There are 21 unique flows. There's one
flow per combination of the following parameters :
- L4 protocol (TCP, UDP, none)
- L3 protocol (IPv4, IPv6)
- L3 parameters (Fragmented or not)
- L2 parameters (Vlan tag presence or not)
.../type : The flow type. This is an even higher level flow,
that we manipulate with ethtool. It can be :
"udp4" "tcp4" "udp6" "tcp6" "ipv4" "ipv6" "other".
.../eth0/...
.../eth1/engine : The hash generation engine used for this
flow on the given port
.../hash_opts : The hash generation options indicating on
what data we base the hash (vlan tag, src
IP, src port, etc.)
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One helpful feature to help debug the Header Parser TCAM filter in PPv2
is to be able to see if the entries did match something when a packet
comes in. This can be done by using the built-in hit counter for TCAM
entries.
This commit implements reading the counter, and exposing its value on
debugfs for each filter entry.
The counter is a 16-bits clear-on-read value, located at:
.../mvpp2/<controller>/parser/XXX/hits
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Marvell PPv2 Packer Header Parser has a TCAM based filter, that is not
trivial to configure and debug. Being able to dump TCAM entries from
userspace can be really helpful to help development of new features
and debug existing ones.
This commit adds a basic debugfs interface for the PPv2 driver, focusing
on TCAM related features.
<mnt>/mvpp2/ --- f2000000.ethernet
\- f4000000.ethernet --- parser --- 000 ...
| \- 001
| \- ...
| \- 255 --- ai
| \- header_data
| \- lookup_id
| \- sram
| \- valid
\- eth1 ...
\- eth2 --- mac_filter
\- parser_entries
\- vid_filter
There's one directory per PPv2 instance, named after pdev->name to make
sure names are uniques. In each of these directories, there's :
- one directory per interface on the controller, each containing :
- "mac_filter", which lists all filtered addresses for this port
(based on TCAM, not on the kernel's uc / mc lists)
- "parser_entries", which lists the indices of all valid TCAM
entries that have this port in their port map
- "vid_filter", which lists the vids allowed on this port, based on
TCAM
- one "parser" directory (the parser is common to all ports), containing :
- one directory per TCAM entry (256 of them, from 0 to 255), each
containing :
- "ai" : Contains the 1 byte Additional Info field from TCAM, and
- "header_data" : Contains the 8 bytes Header Data extracted from
the packet
- "lookup_id" : Contains the 4 bits LU_ID
- "sram" : contains the raw SRAM data, which is the result of the TCAM
lookup. This readonly at the moment.
- "valid" : Indicates if the entry is valid of not.
All entries are read-only, and everything is output in hex form.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the appropriate SPDX license identifiers and drop the license text.
This patch is only cosmetic.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-07-15
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Various different arm32 JIT improvements in order to optimize code emission
and make the JIT code itself more robust, from Russell.
2) Support simultaneous driver and offloaded XDP in order to allow for advanced
use-cases where some work is offloaded to the NIC and some to the host. Also
add ability for bpftool to load programs and maps beyond just the cgroup case,
from Jakub.
3) Add BPF JIT support in nfp for multiplication as well as division. For the
latter in particular, it uses the reciprocal algorithm to emulate it, from Jiong.
4) Add BTF pretty print functionality to bpftool in plain and JSON output
format, from Okash.
5) Add build and installation to the BPF helper man page into bpftool, from Quentin.
6) Add a TCP BPF callback for listening sockets which is triggered right after
the socket transitions to TCP_LISTEN state, from Andrey.
7) Add a new cgroup tree command to bpftool which iterates over the whole cgroup
tree and prints all attached programs, from Roman.
8) Improve xdp_redirect_cpu sample to support parsing of double VLAN tagged
packets, from Jesper.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hosts using a VRRP router send their packets with a destination MAC of
the VRRP router which is of the following form [1]:
IPv4 - 00-00-5E-00-01-{VRID}
IPv6 - 00-00-5E-00-02-{VRID}
Where VRID is the ID of the virtual router. Such packets are directed to
the router block in the ASIC by an FDB entry that was added in the
previous patch.
However, in certain cases it is possible to skip this FDB lookup and
send such packets directly to the router. This is accomplished by adding
these special MAC addresses to the RIF cache. If the cache is hit, the
packet will skip the L2 lookup and ingress the router with the RIF
specified in the cache entry.
1. https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5798#section-7.3
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol packets are used to communicate the
state of the Master router associated with the virtual router ID (VRID).
These are link-local multicast packets sent with IP protocol 112 that
are trapped in the router block in the ASIC.
Add a trap for these packets and mark the trapped packets to prevent
them from potentially being re-flooded by the bridge driver.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An IP packet received on a netdev with a macvlan upper whose MAC matches
the packet's destination MAC will be re-injected to the Rx path as if it
was received by the macvlan, and perform an L3 lookup.
Reflect this functionality to the ASIC by programming FDB entries that
will direct MACs of macvlan uppers to the router.
In a similar fashion to router interfaces (RIFs) that are programmed
upon the addition of the first IP address on an interface and destroyed
upon the removal of the last IP address, the FDB entries for the macvlan
are added and destroyed based on the addition of the first and removal
of the last IP address on the macvlan.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to allow more unicast MAC addresses (e.g., VRRP virtual MAC) to
be directed to the router we need to enable macvlan uppers on top of
mlxsw netdevs.
Allow macvlan upper devices on top of mlxsw netdevs and sanitize
configurations that can't work. For example, a macvlan can't be enslaved
to a bridge as without ACLs the device doesn't take the destination MAC
into account when classifying a packet to a bridge instance (i.e., a
FID).
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: f9358e12a0 ("net: mvpp2: split ingress traffic into multiple flows")
Signed-off-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We accidentally left out the error handling for kstrtoul().
Fixes: a520030e32 ("qlcnic: Implement flash sysfs callback for 83xx adapter")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Split handling of offloaded and driver programs completely. Since
offloaded programs always come with XDP_FLAGS_HW_MODE set in reality
there could be no sharing, anyway, programs would only be installed
in driver or in hardware. Splitting the handling allows us to install
programs in HW and in driver at the same time.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Split the query of HW-attached program from the software one.
Introduce new .ndo_bpf command to query HW-attached program.
This will allow drivers to install different programs in HW
and SW at the same time. Netlink can now also carry multiple
programs on dump (in which case mode will be set to
XDP_ATTACHED_MULTI and user has to check per-attachment point
attributes, IFLA_XDP_PROG_ID will not be present). We reuse
IFLA_XDP_PROG_ID skb space for second mode, so rtnl_xdp_size()
doesn't need to be updated.
Note that the installation side is still not there, since all
drivers currently reject installing more than one program at
the time.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Basic operations drivers perform during xdp setup and query can
be moved to helpers in the core. Encapsulate program and flags
into a structure and add helpers. Note that the structure is
intended as the "main" program information source in the driver.
Most drivers will additionally place the program pointer in their
fast path or ring structures.
The helpers don't have a huge impact now, but they will
decrease the code duplication when programs can be installed
in HW and driver at the same time. Encapsulating the basic
operations in helpers will hopefully also reduce the number
of changes to drivers which adopt them.
Helpers could really be static inline, but they depend on
definition of struct netdev_bpf which means they'd have
to be placed in netdevice.h, an already 4500 line header.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
prog_attached of struct netdev_bpf should have been superseded
by simply setting prog_id long time ago, but we kept it around
to allow offloading drivers to communicate attachment mode (drv
vs hw). Subsequently drivers were also allowed to report back
attachment flags (prog_flags), and since nowadays only programs
attached will XDP_FLAGS_HW_MODE can get offloaded, we can tell
the attachment mode from the flags driver reports. Remove
prog_attached member.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
The hardware supposedly handles frames up to 10236 bytes and
implements .ndo_change_mtu() so accept 10236 minus the ethernet
header for a VLAN tagged frame on the netdevices. Use
ETH_MIN_MTU as minimum MTU.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The initialization sequence for the ethernet, setting up
interrupt routing and such things, need to be done after
both the ports are clocked and reset. Before this the
config will not "take". Move the initialization to the
port probe function and keep track of init status in
the state.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code was not tested with two ports actually in use at
the same time. (I blame this on lack of actual hardware using
that feature.) Now after locating a system using both ports,
add necessary fix to make both ports come up.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Switch over to using a module parameter and debug prints
that can be controlled by this or ethtool like everyone
else. Depromote all other prints to debug messages.
The phy_print_status() was already in place, albeit never
really used because the debuglevel hiding it had to be
set up using ethtool.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code to calculate the hardware register enumerator
for the maximum L3 length isn't entirely simple to read.
Use the existing defines and rewrite the function into a
table look-up.
Acked-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This parameter enables capturing region snapshot of the crspace
during critical errors. The default value of this parameter is
disabled, it can be enabled using devlink param commands.
It is possible to configure during runtime and also driver init.
Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Crdump allows the driver to create a snapshot of the FW PCI
crspace and health buffer during a critical FW issue.
In case of a FW command timeout, FW getting stuck or a non zero
value on the catastrophic buffer, a snapshot will be taken.
The snapshot is exposed using devlink, cr-space, fw-health
address regions are registered on init and snapshots are attached
once a new snapshot is collected by the driver.
Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Health buffer address is a 32 bit PCI address offset provided by
the FW. This offset is used for reading FW health debug data
located on the shared CR space. Cr space is accessible in both
driver and FW and allows for different queries and configurations.
Health buffer size is always 64B of readable data followed by a
lock which is used to block volatile CR space access.
Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit allows setting the RSS hash generation parameters from
ethtool. When setting parameters for a given flow type from ethtool
(e.g. tcp4), all the corresponding flows in the flow table are updated,
according to the supported hash parameters.
For example, when configuring TCP over IPv4 hash parameters to be
src/dst IP + src/dst port ("ethtool -N eth0 rx-flow-hash tcp4 sdfn"),
we only set the "src/dst port" hash parameters on the non-fragmented TCP
over IPv4 flows.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One of the classification action that can be performed is to compute a
hash of the packet header based on some header fields, and lookup a RSS
table based on this hash to determine the final RxQ.
This is done by adding one lookup entry per flow per port, so that we
can configure the hash generation parameters for each flow and each
port.
There are 2 possible engines that can be used for RSS hash generation :
- C3HA, that generates a hash based on up to 4 header-extracted fields
- C3HB, that does the same as c3HA, but also includes L4 info in the hash
There are a lot of fields that can be extracted from the header. For now,
we only use the ones that we can configure using ethtool :
- DST MAC address
- L3 info
- Source IP
- Destination IP
- Source port
- Destination port
The C3HB engine is selected when we use L4 fields (src/dst port).
Header parser Dec table
Ingress pkt +-------------+ flow id +----------------------------+
------------->| TCAM + SRAM |-------->|TCP IPv4 w/ VLAN, not frag |
+-------------+ |TCP IPv4 w/o VLAN, not frag |
|TCP IPv4 w/ VLAN, frag |--+
|etc. | |
+----------------------------+ |
|
Flow table |
+---------+ +------------+ +--------------------------+ |
| RSS tbl |<--| Classifier |<--------| flow 0: C2 lookup | |
+---------+ +------------+ | C3 lookup port 0 | |
| | | C3 lookup port 1 | |
+-----------+ +-------------+ | ... | |
| C2 engine | | C3H engines | | flow 1: C2 lookup |<--+
+-----------+ +-------------+ | C3 lookup port 0 |
| ... |
| ... |
| flow 51 : C2 lookup |
| ... |
+--------------------------+
The C2 engine also gains the role of enabling and disabling the RSS
table lookup for this packet.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The PPv2 classifier allows to perform classification operations on each
ingress packet, based on the flow the packet is assigned to.
The current code uses only 1 flow per port, and the only classification
action consists of assigning the rx queue to the packet, depending on the
port.
In preparation for adding RSS support, we have to split all incoming
traffic into different flows. Since RSS assigns a rx queue depending on
the hash of some header fields, we have to make sure that the hash is
generated in a consistent way for all packets in the same flow.
What we call a "flow" is actually a set of attributes attached to a
packet that depends on various L2/L3/L4 info.
This patch introduces 52 flows, wich are a combination of various L2, L3
and L4 attributes :
- Whether or not the packet has a VLAN tag
- Whether the packet is IPv4, IPv6 or something else
- Whether the packet is TCP, UDP or something else
- Whether or not the packet is fragmented at L3 level.
The flow is associated to a packet by the Header Parser. Each flow
corresponds to an entry in the decoding table. This entry then points to
the sequence of classification lookups to be performed by the
classifier, represented in the flow table.
For now, the only lookup we perform is a C2 lookup to set the default
rx queue.
Header parser Dec table
Ingress pkt +-------------+ flow id +----------------------------+
------------->| TCAM + SRAM |-------->|TCP IPv4 w/ VLAN, not frag |
+-------------+ |TCP IPv4 w/o VLAN, not frag |
|TCP IPv4 w/ VLAN, frag |--+
|etc. | |
+----------------------------+ |
|
Flow table |
+------------+ +---------------------+ |
To RxQ <---| Classifier |<-------| flow 0: C2 lookup |<--------+
+------------+ | flow 1: C2 lookup |
| | ... |
+------------+ | flow 51 : C2 lookup |
| C2 engine | +---------------------+
+------------+
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The PPv2 Controller has a classifier, that can perform multiple lookup
operations for each packet, using different engines.
One of these engines is the C2 engine, which performs TCAM based lookups
on data extracted from the packet header. When a packet matches an
entry, the engine sets various attributes, used to perform
classification operations.
One of these attributes is the rx queue in which the packet should be sent.
The current code uses the lookup_id table (also called decoding table)
to assign the rx queue. However, this only works if we use one entry per
port in the decoding table, which won't be the case once we add RSS
lookups.
This patch uses the C2 engine to assign the rx queue to each packet.
The C2 engine is used through the flow table, which dictates what
classification operations are done for a given flow.
Right now, we have one flow per port, which contains every ingress
packet for this port.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mvpp22_init_rss function configures the RSS parameters for each port, so
rename it accordingly. Since this function relies on classifier
configuration, move its call right after the classifier config.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
